Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

, 1646 találat.

gū →

pts

(-˚) going, having gone (through), being skilled or perfected in. See addha˚, anta˚ chanda˚, dhamma˚, paṭṭha˚, pāra, veda˚.

fr. gam, cp. ˚ga

abhibhū →

dppn

Abhibhū1

Chief disciple of Sikhī Buddha. DN.ii.9 In the Aruṇavatī Sutta it is said that he went with Sikhī to a Brahma-world and, at the Buddha’s request, preached a sermon to the accompa …

abhiñjika →

dppn

AbhiñjikaAbhijikaĀbhiñjika

A student of Anuruddha. On one occasion when the Buddha asks Mahā Kassapa to preach to the monks, the latter reports that it is impossible to talk to them because monks lik …

ajitakesakambala →

dppn

AjitakesakambalaKesakambalaAjita

Head of one of the six heretical sects mentioned in the Pitakas as being contemporaneous with the Buddha. He is described as a Titthaka (non-Buddhist teacher), leade …

ajātasattu →

dppn

AjātasattuVedehiputta

Son of Bimbisāra, King of Māgadha, and therefore half-brother to Abhayarājakumāra. He murdered his father to gain the throne, and conspired with Devadatta to kill the Buddha, b …

ambasaṇḍā →

dppn

A brahmin village in Māgadha to the east of Rājagaha.

To the north of the village was the Vediyaka mountain, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Sakkapañha Sutta was preached. On the occasion of …

andhavana →

dppn

A grove to the south of Sāvatthī, one gāvuta away from the city. It was well guarded and monks and nuns used to resort there in search of solitude. The Bhikkhunī Saṃyutta contains stories of nuns wh …

anupiya →

dppn

A township in the Malla country to the east of Kapilavatthu. Large numbers of Sākiyan princes joined the Order there, including Bhaddiya, Anuruddha, Ānanda, Bhagu, Kimbila, Devadatta and their barber, …

anuruddha →

dppn

First cousin of the Buddha and one of his most eminent disciples. He was the son of the Sākyan Amitodana and brother of Mahānāma. When members of other Sākyan families had joined the Order of their di …

anāthapiṇḍika →

dppn

A banker (seṭṭhi) of Sāvatthī who became famous because of his unparalleled generosity to the Buddha. His first meeting with the Buddha was during the first year after the Enlightenment, in Rājagaha …

aparagoyāna →

dppn

One of the four great continents into which the earth is divided. According to the Aṅguttara Nikāya, AN.i.227 AN.v.59 each cakkavāla (world-system) has an Aparagoyāna.

5continent

araka →

dppn

The Bodhisatta, born as a brahmin teacher. In the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iv.136–138 we are told that among Araka’s pupils those who followed his teachings were born in the Brahma-world, while the others …

aranemi →

dppn

A brahmin teacher of a past age, given in a list of six teachers, who were purohitas. AN.iii.373 The others were Sunetta, Mūgapakkha, Kuddālaka, Hatthipāla and Jotipāla. In the Aṅguttara AN.iv.135f.

arati →

dppn

One of the three daughters of Māra, the others being Taṇhā and Ragā. Seeing their father disconsolate after his repeated attempts to foil Gotama’s quest for Enlightenment, they offered to tempt the Bu …

ariṭṭha →

dppn

Ariṭṭha1

A monk. He had been subjected by the Saṅgha to the ukkhepanīyakamma for refusal to renounce a sinful doctrine, namely, that the states of mind declared by the Buddha to be stumb …

asibandhakaputta →

dppn

A headman (gāmani). He came to the Buddha in the Pārileyyaka Mango Grove in Nāḷandā and asked him various questions, recorded in the Saṃyutta Nikāya. SN.iv.312ff. One of these related to the custo …

assaji →

dppn

Assaji1

The fifth of the Pañcavaggiyā monks. When the Buddha preached the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, he was the last in whom dawned the eye of Truth, and the Buddha had to discourse to h …

assajipunabbasukā →

dppn

The followers of Assaji and Punabbasu. They lived in Kīṭāgiri, between Sāvatthī and Ālavi, and were guilty of various evil practices. They used to grow flowers, make wreaths and garlands, and send the …

assaka →

dppn

The country of Assaka is one of the sixteen Mahājanapadas mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260 It does not, however; occur in the list of twelve countries given in …

avanti →

dppn

One of the four great monarchies in the time of the Buddha, the other three being Māgadha, Kosala and Vaṃsa (or Vatsa). Avanti is also mentioned among the sixteen Great Nations. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN. …

avantiputta →

dppn

King of Madhurā. He once went in royal state to visit Mahā Kaccāna who was staying in the Gundā Grove in Madhurā.

Their discussion is recorded in the Madhura Sutta. MN.ii.83–90

It is said that after …

avīci →

dppn

Hell. Descriptions of it are to be found in several places in the four Nikāyas MN.iii.183 AN.i.141–142 It is a quadrangular space, one hundred leagues each way, four-doored, walled all round and abov …

aṅga →

dppn

One of the 16 Great Nations (Mahājanapadā), mentioned in the Pitakas. The countries mentioned are Aṅga, Māgadha, Kāsī, Kosala, Vajji, Mallā, Ceti, Vaṃsa, Kuru, Pañcāla, Macchā, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avant …

aṅgulimāla →

dppn

AṅgulimālaAhiṃsakaGaggaMantāniputta

A robber and murderer who was converted by the Buddha in the twentieth year of his ministry, and who later became an arahant. MN86

As a result of his deeds whole …

aṅguttarāpa →

dppn

A country north of the river Mahī, evidently a part of Aṅga on the other side of that river .

It was here, in the village Āpaṇa, that the Buddha was staying when the Jaṭila Keṇiya came to see him; he …

aṅgīrasi →

dppn

Aṅgīrasi1

A term of affection (Radiant One) used by Pañcasikha in addressing Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.265

Aṅgīrasa2

One of the ten ancient seers who conducted great sacrifices and …

aṭṭhaka →

dppn

Aṭṭhaka1

A celebrated sage, composer and reciter of sacred runes, mentioned together with nine others (Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamataggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha and Bhagu), V …

bhaddā →

dppn

Bhaddā1

Wife of King Muṇḍa. At her death the king placed her body in a vessel of oil and mourned for her until his friend Piyaka took him to Nārada Thera at the Kukkuṭārāma, and there made …

bhagu →

dppn

Bhagu1

A famous sage of old. Vin.i.245 DN.i.104 DN.i.238 DN.i.243 MN.ii.169 MN.ii.200 AN.iii.224 AN.iv.61

Bhagu2

He was born in a Sākiyan family, and having left the world wit …

bharukaccha →

dppn

A seaport in the country of Bharu. It is identical with Barygaza of Ptolemy and the Periplus of the Erythrean Sea. Bharukaccha is the modern Broach in Kathiawar. The people of Bharukaccha are called B …

bhaṇḍu →

dppn

BhaṇḍuBhaṇḍa

A colleague of Ānanda whom Kassapa reported to the Buddha at Veḷuvana for disputing with Abhiñjaka, colleague of Anuruddha. The Buddha sent for the disputants and rebuked them for their …

bojjhā →

dppn

BojjhāBocchā

An eminent laywoman. The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iv.259 AN.iv.347 records a visit paid by her to the Buddha at Jetavana. The Buddha then preached to her on the uposatha and the advantages …

bāhiya →

dppn

Bāhiya1Dārucīriya

As an ascetic, he came himself to believe that he had attained arahantship, but a devatā, reading his thoughts and wishing him well, pointed out to him his error and ad …

bālakaloṇakāra →

dppn

Bālakaloṇakāra BākalonakārāgamaBālakalonakārāma

A locality near Kosambī.

When the monks of Kosambī started quarrelling, the Buddha left them and went to Bālakalonakārāma, where he visited Bhagu and …

bārānasī →

dppn

BārānasīBenares

The capital of Kāsi-janapada. It was one of the four places of pilgrimage for the Buddhists - the others being Kapilavatthu, Buddhagayā and Kusināra - because it was at, the Migadā …

bāvarī →

dppn

…Puṇṇaka, Mettagū, Dhotaka, Upasīva, Nanda, Hemaka, Todeyya, Kappa, Jatukaṇṇī, Bhadrāvudha, Udaya, Posāla, Mogharāja and…

cakkavatti →

dppn

A World ruler. The world itself means “Turner of the Wheel,” the Wheel (Cakka) being the well known Indian symbol of empire. More than one thousand sons are his; his dominions extend throughout the …

campā →

dppn

A city in India on the river of the same name; it was the capital of Aṅga and was celebrated for its beautiful lake, the Gaggarā-pokkharaṇī. On its banks was a grove of campaka-trees, well known for …

caṅkī →

dppn

A great brahmin, contemporary of the Buddha, reputed for his great learning and highly esteemed in brahmin gatherings—e.g., at Icchānaṅgala Snp.p.115 and at Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235

He is mentioned toget …

caṇḍakālī →

dppn

A nun, well known for her quarrelsome propensities. She was a friend of Thullanandā, during whose absence the other nuns once expelled Caṇḍakālī from their midst. This act was greatly resented by Thul …

caṇḍappajjota →

dppn

King of Avanti in the time of the Buddha. His name was Pajjota, the sobriquet being added on account of his violent temper.

Once, when ill with jaundice, he asked Bimbisāra to lend him the services o …

cetiya →

dppn

CetiyaCetiCetīCedi

One of the sixteen Great Nations, AN.i.213 probably identical with Cedi of the older documents. The people of Ceti settled near the Yamunā, to the east, in the neighbourhood of and …

chabbaggiyā →

dppn

A group of six monks, contemporary with the Buddha, frequently mentioned as being guilty of various Vinaya offences. Vin.i.84f. Vin.i.104 Vin.i.106 Vin.i.111 Vin.i.113 Vin.i.114 Vin.i.138 Vin.i.160 …

channa →

dppn

Channa1

A Wanderer, classed among those who wore clothes. He is only mentioned once, in the Aṅguttara Nikāya, AN.iii.215 where we are told that he visited Ānanda at Sāvatthī and asked him …

citta →

dppn

Citta1

A householder of Macchikāsaṇḍa, where he was Treasurer. He was later declared by the Buddha to be pre-eminent among laymen who preached the Doctrine. AN.i.26

When Mahānāma visited …

cunda →

dppn

Cunda1

A worker in metals living in Pāvā. When the Buddha reached Pāvā on his way to Kusinārā, he stayed in Cunda’s Mango grove. There Cunda visited him and invited him and the monks to a …

cātummahārājikā →

dppn

The inhabitants of the lowest deva world. his world derives its name from the Four Great Kings (Cattāro Mahārājāno) who dwell there as guardians of the four quarters: Dhataraṭṭha of the East, Virūḷh …

dakkhiṇāpatha →

dppn

In the old Pāḷi literature the name Dakkhiṇāpatha would seem to indicate only a remote settlement or colony on the banks of the upper Godāvarī. Thus, we are told that Bāvarī had his hermitage in Dakkh …

daṇḍapāṇi →

dppn

A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. It is recorded MN.i.108 that Daṇḍapāṇi once met the Buddha in Kapilavatthu and questioned him on his teachings. The Buddha explained them to him, but he was not satisfied, a …

devadatta →

dppn

A monk, a close relative of the Buddha, who split the Sangha, and attempted to overthrow the Buddha and have him murdered. In one passage in the Vinaya, Vin.ii.189 Devadatta is spoken of as Godhiputta …

devakatasobbha →

dppn

A pool near Kosambī. Close by was the Pilakkhaguhā and the Paribbājakārāma, where Ānanda once visited Sandaka and held a discussion with him. MN.i.513

25.321684,81.3180543lake

dhammika →

dppn

Dhammika

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of the good state that awaits one who practices righteousness. Thag.303–306 According to the Aṅguttara. AN.iii.366ff. Dhammika had to leave seven lodgi …

dhaniya →

dppn

Dhaniya1Dhanika

A herdsman living on the bank of the river Mahī. One day, while he was in this house, having finished his preparations for the approach of the rains, he sat meditating on h …

dīghīti →

dppn

DīghītiDīghati

A king of Kosala. His kingdom was captured by Brahmadatta, king of Kāsi, and he and his wife fled to Benares, where they lived in disguise in the house of a potter. His wife bore a son …

gagga →

dppn

Gagga1

A monk. He became insane, and in this condition did many things unworthy of a monk. When his colleagues blamed him, the Buddha interceded on his behalf and suggested that he be give …

gayākassapa →

dppn

One of the three Kassapa brothers. They all lived at Gayāsīsa. When Uruvelā-Kassapa was converted, Gayā-Kassapa, with his followers, joined the Order, and at the conclusion of the Ādittapariyāya Sut …

ghoṭamukha →

dppn

A brahmin, probably of Pāṭaliputta. On coming to visit Benares, he saw Udena there in Khemiyambavana and had a conversation with him, recorded in the Ghoṭamukha Sutta. At the conclusion of the talk he …

gulissāni →

dppn

A monk living in the wilds, who once came on some business to see the monks at the Kalandakanivāpa. It was on his account that the Gulissāni Sutta was preached. MN.i.469

gundāvana →

dppn

GundāvanaKundāvanaGuṇḍāvanaKuṇḍāvana

A forest in Madhurā. Mahā Kaccāna stayed there and was visited by Avantiputta, king of Madhurā, to whom he preached the Madhurā Sutta, MN.ii.83f. and by the bra …

gutijjita →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha, whose name occurs in a nominal list. MN.iii.70

guttā →

dppn

Guttā

A bhikkhunī to whom several Therīgāthā verses are addressed, encourageing her to overcome the defliments that have long kept her trapped in suffering. Thig.163–168

guḷa →

dppn

A Yakkha chief who should be invoked when unbelieving Yakkhas molest any follower of the Buddha. DN.iii.204

gūtha →

dppn

One of the hells. It is next to the Mahā Niraya, and is the habitation of needle-mouthed creatures who rip away the skin, flesh, tendons, etc., of the victim and then devour his marrow. MN.iii.185

5hell

himavā →

dppn

HimavāHimācalaHimavantaHimālaya

The Himālaya mountains. In Himavā, are seven great lakes, each fifty leagues in length, breadth and depth—Anotattā, Kaṇṇamuṇḍā, Rathakāra, Chaddantā, Kuṇālā, Mandākinī …

hiṅgū →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

iccānaṅgala →

dppn

IccānaṅgalaIcchānaṅkala

A brahmin village in the Kosala country. It was while staying in the woodland thicket there that the Buddha preached the Ambaṭṭha Sutta. DN.i.87 From this sutta, the village w …

indapatta →

dppn

A town in the Kuru country. In the Kurudhamma Jataka J.ii.365f; also J.iii.400; J.iv.361; J.v.457; J.vi.255; Cyp.i.3, Cyp.v.1, Dhananjaya Koravya, is mentioned as its king and as the owner of Anjanava …

indasālaguhā →

dppn

A cave on the Vediya mountain, to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, which was a brahmin village, east of Rājagaha. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, Sakka visited him and asked him the questions recorded …

isigili →

dppn

IsigiliIsigilapassa

One of the five mountains round Rājagaha and one of the beauty-spots of the city. DN.ii.116 There was, on one side of it, a black stone called the Kāḷasilā. This was a favourite …

isipatana →

dppn

IsipatanaMigadayaDeer Park

An open space near Benares, the site of the famous Migadāya or Deer Park. It was eighteen leagues from Uruvelā, and when Gotama gave up his austere penances his friends, th …

jotipāla →

dppn

Jotipāla1

The Bodhisatta born as a brahmin of Vehaliṅga in the time of Kassapa Buddha. Ghaṭīkāra was his friend and invited Jotipāla to accompany him to the Buddha, but Jotipāla refused to …

jīvaka →

dppn

JīvakaJīvakakomārabhacca

A celebrated physician, and the Buddha’s doctor. The Vinaya contains many stories of his skill in healing. Vin.i.268–281 Once when the Buddha was ill, Jīvaka found it necessa …

kammāsadhamma →

dppn

KammāsadhammaKammāsadammaKammasadammaKammasadhamma

A township of the Kurūs. The Buddha, during the course of his wanderings, stayed there several times; the exact place of his residence is, however, …

kandarāyana →

dppn

KandarāyanaKundarāyana

A brahmin. He visited Mahā Kaccāna at the Gundavana near Madhurā and accused him of not paying due respect to elderly brahmins, but when Mahā Kaccāna preached to him he express …

kapilavatthu →

dppn

A city near the Himalaya, capital of the Sākiyan republic. The administration and judicial business of the city and all other matters of importance were discussed and decided in the Santhāgārasālā. DN …

katamorakatissa →

dppn

KatamorakatissaKatamorakatissaka

One of the monks whom Devadatta incited to join him in stirring up discord among the Saṅgha, the others being Kokālika, Khaṇḍadevīputta and Samuddadatta Vin.ii.196 Vi …

kaṇṭakā →

dppn

KaṇṭakāKaṇḍakā

A nun who was guilty of unchastity with the novice Kaṇṭaka. Vin.i.85

kimbila →

dppn

KimbilaKimilaKimmila

A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu. He was converted with Bhaddiya and four other Sākyan nobles at Anupiya. Vin.ii.182 Kimbila seems to have maintained throughout his early friendship wit …

korabya →

dppn

KorabyaKoravyaKorabba

Perhaps the generic name given to the king of the Kurūs. The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iii.369f. mentions a king Koravya who owned a large banyan tree named Suppatiṭṭha. According t …

kosambī →

dppn

The capital of the Vatsas or Vaṃsas. In the time of the Buddha its king was Parantapa, and after him reigned his son Udena. Kosambī was evidently a city of great importance at the time of the Buddha f …

koḷiyā →

dppn

One of the republican clans in the time of the Buddha. The Koḷiyā owned two chief settlements—one at Rāmagāma and the other at Devadaha.

Attached probably to the Koliyan central authorities, was a sp …

kukkuṭārāma →

dppn

A park in Pāṭaliputta. It was evidently the residence of monks from very early times, probably, for some time, of the Buddha himself. The Mahāvagga Vin.i.300 mentions the names of several theras who l …

kusinārā →

dppn

The capital of the Mallas and the scene of the Buddha’s death. At that time it was a small city, “a branch-township with wattle-and-daub houses in the midst of the jungle,” and Ānanda was, at first …

kāka →

dppn

Slave of King Caṇḍapajjota. His father was non-human, and he himself could travel sixty leagues a day. When Pajjota discovered that Jīvaka had fled, after administering to him some medicine containin …

kāliṅga →

dppn

Kāliṅga1

An inhabitant of Ñātika. While staying in Ñātika, at the Giñjakāvasatha, the Buddha tells Ānanda that Kālinga was reborn after death in the Suddhavāsā, and that there he would att …

kāmabhū →

dppn

A monk, evidently held in high esteem by his colleagues. He is mentioned as staying in Kosambī, in Ghosita Park, and as asking Ānanda certain questions, recorded in the Kāmabhū Sutta. SN.iv.165 Two ot …

kāḷudāyī →

dppn

A monk whose verses in the Theragāthā tell depict him encouraging the Buddha to return to his kinsmen. When the rains fell, covering the earth with the glory of leaves and flowers, Kāḷudāyī felt that …

kūṭāgārasālā →

dppn

A hall in the Mahāvana near Vesāli. The Buddha stayed there on several occasions, and in the books are found records of various eminent persons who visited him there and of his conversations with them …

madhurā →

dppn

MadhurāMathurā

The capital of Surasena, situated on the Yamunā. Its king, soon after the death of Bimbisāra, was Avantiputta, MN.ii.83 who, judging by his name, was probably related to the royal fami …

magha →

dppn

MaghaMaghavā

The name Sakka bore in a previous birth when he was born as a man in Macalagāma in Māgadha.

Magha took upon himself seven vows, which brought him birth as Sakka: to maintain his parents …

mahaka →

dppn

A novice, pupil of Upananda, who is mentioned as having been guilty of a sexual offence with Kaṇḍakā, another novice. Vin.i.70

mahākaccāyana →

dppn

MahākaccāyanaKaccāyanaMahākaccānaKaccāna

One of the most eminent disciples of the Buddha, considered chief among expounders in full of the brief saying of the Buddha. AN.i.23 Several suttas illustrat …

mahākappina →

dppn

One of the most eminent disciples of the Buddha, considered foremost among those who taught the monks. AN.i.25 The Vinaya Vin.i.105 records that when Kappina was in the Deer Park at Maddakucchi he won …

mahākassapa →

dppn

MahākassapaKassapaPippali

One of the Buddha’s most eminent disciples, chief among those who upheld austere practices. AN.i.23 His personal name was Pippali, but he is usually known by his clan name K …

mahākoṭṭhita →

dppn

MahākoṭṭhitaMahākotthitaKoṭṭhitaKotthita

One of the foremost disciples of the Buddha, ranked foremost among masters of analytical knowledge. AN.i.24 His Theragāthā verse speaks of contentment and sha …

mahāmoggallāna →

dppn

MahāmoggallānaMoggallānaKolita

The second of the Chief Disciples of the Buddha. He and Sāriputta went forth as disciples of Sañjaya. After some time, Sāriputta, wandering about in Rājagaha, met Assaj …

mahānāma →

dppn

Mahānāma1

A Sākiyan rājā, son of Amitodana; he was elder brother of Anuruddha and cousin of the Buddha. When the Sākiyan families of Kapilavatthu sent their representatives to join the Ord …

mahāpurisa →

dppn

The name given to a Great Being, destined to become either a Cakkavatti or a Buddha. He carries on his person the following thirty two marks. DN.ii.17f. DN.iii.142ff. MN.ii.136f. .

  1. he has fe …

mantāṇī →

dppn

A brahminee, mother of Aṅgulimāla; her husband was Gagga. MN.ii.102

medakathalikā →

dppn

The pupil of a “bamboo acrobat” of long ago. His master called to him one day and asked him to climb the bamboo and to stand on his shoulder. Then the master suggested that they should watch and look …

medāḷupa →

dppn

MedāḷupaMedatalumpa

A Sākyan village three leagues from Nagaraka. MN.ii.119 Pasenadi when staying there with Dīgha Kārāyana, heard that the Buddha was there and visited him. On this occasion was prea …

mettagū →

dppn

One of the sixteen disciples of Bāvarī who visited the Buddha. His question to the Buddha was as to how various ills originated in the world, and the Buddha’s answer, that it was through attachment. S …

mettiyabhummajakā →

dppn

A group of monks, followers of Mettiya and Bhummajaka forming part of the Chabbaggiyā (Group of Six Monks).

Twice they brought an unfounded charge of breach of morality against Dabba Mallaputta, who …

meṇḍaka →

dppn

A very rich householder of Bhaddiyanagara in Aṅga. It is said Vin.i.240f. that when he went to his granaries after his ceremonial bath, as he stood at the door, showers of grain would fall from heav …

migalandika →

dppn

MigalandikaMigaladdhika

An undesirable monk. When the Buddha had once been preaching to the monks in Mahāvana in Vesāli regarding the defilement and filth of the body, and had retired into solitude, …

milakkhā →

dppn

MilakkhāMilakkhukā

The name given to the people of non-Ariyan origin, the Mlecchas. DN.iii.264 AN.i.35 Their language is called Milakkhabhāsā.

moḷiya →

dppn

MoḷiyaPhagguna

He was always friendly with the nuns and stood up for them in discussions with the monks. This was reported to the Buddha, who sent for him and preached the Kakacūpama Sutta. MN.i.122* …

moḷiyasīvaka →

dppn

A Paribbājaka. He once visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana and questioned him regarding predestination. The Buddha explains to him that suffering arises from various causes—bile, phlegm, wind, bodily humou …

muṇḍa →

dppn

A king of Māgadha, great grandson of Ajātasattu and son of Anuruddha. It is probably this same king who is referred to in the Aṅguttara Nikāya. AN.iii.57ff. His wife Bhaddā died, and Muṇḍa gave hims …

māgaṇḍiya →

dppn

Māgaṇḍiya1

The Sutta Nipāta contains a dialogue between Māgaṇḍiya and the Buddha. Snp.1011–1023 The Buddha starts with an emphatic rejection of an offer of a sexual nature, which sparks a …

māluṅkyāputta →

dppn

MāluṅkyāputtaMāluṅkyaputtaMālukyaputta

The Theragāthā contains two sets of verses attributed to him. One set speaks of the dangers of craving and encourages effort. Thag.399–404 The second set speaks …

māra →

dppn

MāraNamuciKaṇhaAdhipatiAntakaPamattabandhuPāpimā

Generally regarded as the personification of Death, the Evil One, the Tempter. Sometimes known as the Dark One (Kaṇha). Snp.355 MN.i.377 DN.ii.262 T …

nanda →

dppn

Nanda1Vaccha

Mentioned in a list of well known leaders of the Ajivakas, the others being Kisa Saṅkicca and Makkhali Gosāla. MN.i.524 They were declared by Purāṇa Kassapa, in his classifica …

nandaka →

dppn

Nandaka1

Once, at the Buddha’s request, he preached a sermon to the nuns; on the first day they became sotāpannas, and, on the second, five hundred of them attained arahantship. MN.iii.270 …

nigrodha →

dppn

Nigrodha1

A wanderer. Once, when he was staying with a large number of colleagues at the Udumbarikārāma near Rājagaha, Sandhāna, on his way to see the Buddha, stopped him and entered into …

nikata →

dppn

Nikata1

An upāsaka of Ñātikā. After death he was born in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away. SN.v.358f. DN.ii.91f.

Nikata2

One of several eminent theras mentioned as stayi …

niraya →

dppn

…Snp.p.126

The Devadūta Sutta MN.iii.185 of the Majjhima Nikāya contains another list: Gūtha, Kukkuḷa, Simbalivana, Asipattavana and…

nāvindakī →

dppn

One of King Eḷeyya’s guards. He was a follower of Rāmaputta. AN.ii.180

padumā →

dppn

One of the most distinguished lay women, followers of the Buddha. AN.iv.347 She was the wife of Meṇḍaka and her full name was Candapadumā

paribbājakā →

dppn

Wanderer. The name given to some of the ascetics and recluses of the Buddha’s time. They were not exclusively brahmin. Their presence seems to have been recognized and respected from earlier times. Ge …

paṇḍaka →

dppn

A monk, friend of Kapila, who lived in a village near Kosambī. He was found guilty of having taken what did not belong to him and also of unchastity. Vin.iii.67

phagguna →

dppn

A monk. In the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.iv.52 he is represented as asking the Buddha if it were possible, by means of any of the senses, to recognize and proclaim the past Buddhas. The Buddha replies in the …

pilakkhaguhā →

dppn

A cave near Kosambī. The wanderer Sandaka is said to have stayed there. Nearby was the Devakatasobbha. MN.i.513

25.29188, 81.366113cave

pilindavaccha →

dppn

PilindavacchaPilindivacchaPilindiyavacchaPilindaPilindiPilindiya

A monk whose enigmatic Theragāthā verse speaks of what has come and not departed. Thag.9 Certain devas who had been born in the deva w …

pippaliguhā →

dppn

PippaliguhāPipphaligūhā

A cave near Rājagaha, evidently a favourite haunt of Mahā Kassapa. Once when he lay there grievously ill, the Buddha…

piṅgiyānī →

dppn

A brahmin of Vesāli. The Aṅguttara Nikāya records a conversation between him and Kāraṇapālī. The latter meets Piṅgiyānī and, on learning that he was returning from a visit to the Buddha, asks him abou …

potaliya →

dppn

A householder of Āpaṇa. Meeting the Buddha in a wood outside the town, he greeted him, and was addressed by the Buddha as “householder,” at which he was very angry, for he had, so he said, handed over …

pukkusāti →

dppn

A young monk whom the Buddha met at the house of Bhaggava, the potter, in Rājagaha. Pukkusāti was already occupying the guest room of the house, and the Buddha asked to be allowed to share it, to whic …

puṇṇā →

dppn

Puṇṇā1

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verse speaks of being full with good qualities, like the full moon. Thig.3

Puṇṇā2Puṇṇikā

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses argue that bat …

pārāyana →

dppn

Pārāyana

The fifth and last division of the Sutta Nipāta. Snp.976ff. It consists of sixteen suttas preceded by an introduction. The introduction describes how Bāvarī first heard of the coming of th …

pātaligāma →

dppn

The Buddha visited Pātaligāma shortly before his death. Although it later became the capital of Magadha, it was then a mere village. At that time Ajātasattu’s ministers, Sunīdha and Vassakāra, were en …

pātimokkha →

dppn

The name given to a set of rules to be observed by members of the Buddhist Order. The rules regulate the behaviour of the members of the Order towards one another in respect of clothes, dwellings, fur …

rāhula →

dppn

RāhulaRāhulabhadda

Only son of Gotama Buddha. When the Buddha visited Kapilavatthu for the first time after his Enlightenment and accepted Suddhodana’s invitation, Rāhula’s mother sent the boy to the …

rāhulamātā →

dppn

RāhulamātāBimbāBhaddakaccāYasodharāBhaddakaccānāBimbāsundarīBimbādevīSubhaddakā

The name, generally given in the texts, of Rāhula’s mother Vin.i.82 and Gotama’s wife.

On the seventh day of the Buddh …

rājagaha →

dppn

A city, the capital of Māgadha.

The place was called Giribbaja (mountain stronghold) because it was surrounded by five hills—Paṇḍava, Gijjhakūṭa, Vebhāra, Isigili and Vepulla. It is said MN.iii.68 th …

sahajāti →

dppn

SahajātiSahajātāSahañcanika

A township where Yasa Kākandakaputta met Soreyya Revata, whom he wished to consult regarding the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtakas. Revata had gone there from Soreyya …

samiddhi →

dppn

Samiddhi

Once, while he was at Silāvati musing on his good fortune as a monk, Māra tried to terrify him. Samiddhi told the Buddha of this, but the Buddha asked him to stay on where he was. He obeyed, …

samitigutta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of experiencing the suffering caused by kamma in the past. Thag.81

sandhāna →

dppn

A householder of Rājagaha. He was a follower of the Buddha, and it was his conversation with the Paribbājaka Nigrodha that led to the preaching of the Udumbarika Sīhanāda Sutta.

In the Aṅguttara he i …

sattapaṇṇiguhā →

dppn

A cave in Rājagaha, on the slope of Mount Vebhāra. Once, when the Buddha was staying there, he gave to Ānanda the opportunity of asking him to live for an eon, but Ānanda, because of his un-mindfulne …

savittha →

dppn

In the Aṅguttara AN.i.118f. he is represented as saying, in the course of a conversation between him, Sāriputta and Koṭṭhita, that he preferred the person who obtains relief by faith, to one who tes …

sañjaya →

dppn

Sañjaya1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that since going forth he has not had any hate. Thag.48

Sañjaya2

In the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta Viḍūḍabha tells the Buddha that it was …

saṅgārava →

dppn

A very learned brahmin of Candalakappa. One day he saw Dhānañjānī trip up, and heard her exclaim three times, “Glory to the Buddha, the arahant, the all enlightened.” He blamed her for thus extolling …

saṅkassa →

dppn

A city, thirty leagues from Sāvatthī. During the Vajjiputta controversy, Revata Thera, on his way from Soreyya to Sahājāti, went through Saṅkassa. The road he took passed through Saṅkassa, Kaṇṇakujja, …

sela →

dppn

A brahmin of Aṅguttarāpa. He was a great friend of Keṇiya, the Jaṭila, and visited him when Keṇiya was making preparations to entertain the Buddha. Having heard the word “Buddha” from Keṇiya, Sela was …

selā →

dppn

A bhikkhunī who was enjoying her meditation in the Andhavana under a tree when Māra, in the guise of a stranger, approached her and tried to tempt her. But she refuted his statements regarding the att …

setabyā →

dppn

SetabyāSetavyā

A town in Kosala, DN.ii.316 near which was Ukkaṭṭha.

The Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.ii.37 records a conversation between the Buddha and the brahmin Doṇa, whom the Buddha met on the road from …

seyyasaka →

dppn

A monk of Sāvatthī who was found guilty of various Vinaya offences, and was therefore subjected to the Nissayakamma. Udāyī (Lāludāyi) was his friend and his evil genius. Vin.iii.110f.

sikhī →

dppn

SikhīArindama

A Buddha of a past age.DN.ii.7 DN.iii.195f. SN.ii.9

  • He was born in the Nisabha pleasance in Aruṇavatī.
  • His father was the khattiya Aruṇa and his mother Pabhāvatī.
  • His wife wa …

silāvatī →

dppn

A village of the Sākyans. Once, when the Buddha was there with a large number of monks, Mira tempted them in the guise of a jatanduva-brahmin. SN.i.117

A story is also told of the temptation by Māra …

sineru →

dppn

SineruMahāneruMeruSumeruHemameru

A mountain, forming the center of the world. MN.i.338 DN.iii.199 It is eighty thousand leagues broad. AN.iv.100

Sineru is often used in similes, its chief characteri …

sovīra →

dppn

A country mentioned in the Mahāgovinda Sutta. DN.ii.235

In the time of King Reṇu, Bharata was king of Sovīra, and Roruka was its capital.

Eder, Gujarat?3region

soṇa →

dppn

Soṇa1

A Thera, declared chief of those possessing clear utterance. AN.i.24 He lived in Avantī, where he met Mahākaccāna and was later ordained by him, after much difficulty assembling the …

soṇadaṇḍa →

dppn

A rich brahmin of Campā, very learned in the Vedas; he lived in a royal domain, given to him as royal fief by King Bimbisāra. When the Buddha was in Campā, on the banks of the Gaggarā-lake, Soṇadaṇḍa …

sudinna →

dppn

SudinnaKalandakaputta

A monk who, after being ordained, returned to his former wife and had relations with her, thus becoming guilty of the first Pārājika offence. When there was a famine in the Vajj …

sumana →

dppn

Sumana1

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of having accomplished all that he was aksed to do. Thag.330–334

Sumana2Cūḷasumana

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of ordaini …

sunakkhatta →

dppn

A Licchavi prince of Vesāli. He was, at one time, a member of the Order and the personal attendant of the Buddha, but was later converted to the views of Korakkhattiya and went about defaming the Budd …

sundarī →

dppn

Sundarī1

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses consist of a dialogue, firstly between her father Sujāta and a bhikkhunī, Vāsiṭṭhī, Thig.313–324 and later between Sundarī and her mother. Thig …

sundarīnandā →

dppn

Sundarīnandā1

Younger sister of Thullanandā; she had two other sisters, Nandā and Nandavatī. Sāḷha Migāranattā seduced her, and she was proclaimed guilty of a Pārājika offence. Vin.iv.21 …

suppatiṭṭhita →

dppn

A nigrodha tree belonging to king Koravya. The king and his court ate the first portion of the fruit as big as pipkins and sweet; the army had the second portion, the town and country people the thi …

suppiya →

dppn

Suppiya1

A Paribbājaka. He was the teacher of Brahmadatta. It was the discussion between these two, in the Ambalaṭṭhikā park, regarding the virtues of the Buddha, his Dhamma and his Order, …

sāketa →

dppn

A town in Kosala. It was regarded in the Buddha’s time as one of the six great cities of India, the others being Campā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Kosambī and Benares. DN.ii.146 In the Vinaya Vin.i.253 howev …

sākya →

dppn

A tribe in North India, to which the Buddha belonged. Their capital was Kapilavatthu. Mention is also made of other Sākyan settlements - e.g., Cātumā, Khomadussa, Sāmagāma, Devadaha, Sīlavatī, Nagara …

sāti →

dppn

He was a fisherman’s son and held the false view that, according to the Buddha’s teaching, a man’s consciousness runs on and continues without break of identity. Sāti’s colleagues did their best to ch …

sāvatthī →

dppn

The capital city of Kosala in India and one of the six great Indian cities during the lifetime of the Buddha. DN.ii.147 It was six leagues from Sāketa. Vin.i.253 It was on the banks of the Aciravatī.V …

sāḷha →

dppn

Sāḷha1Migāranattā

He once visited Nandaka Thera with Pekkhuniya’s grandson, Rohana. AN.i.193f. He built a vihāra for the nuns and Sundarīndā was appointed to supervise the work. As a r …

sīha →

dppn

Sīha1

A Licchavi general of Vesāli. He was a follower of the Nigaṇṭhas. When the Buddha visited Vesāli, Sīha, having heard reports of his greatness, wished to see him, but Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaput …

tapodā →

dppn

A large lake below the Vebhāra mountain, outside Rājagaha. The lake was cool, but the stream flowing from it, also called Tapodā, Vin.iii.108 Vin.iv.116f. was hot. Around it was the Tapodārāma.

Mon …

thullanandā →

dppn

A nun, one of four sisters who all joined the Order, the others being Nandā, Nandavatī and Sundarinandā.

Thulla-Nandā appears to have had charge of a large company of nuns, all of whom followed her …

tissametteyya →

dppn

TissametteyyaTissaMetteyya

A disciple of Bāvarī. He visited the Buddha with his colleagues and when the Buddha answered his questions, he, and his thousand pupils became arahants. Tissa was his perso …

todeyya →

dppn

Todeyya1

A Mahāsāla brahmin, mentioned in a list of eminent brahmins gathered together at Icchanankala and Manasākaṭa. DN.i.235 Snp.p.115

There was in Caṇḍalakappa a mango grove belonging …

uddaka →

dppn

UddakaRāmaputta

One of the teachers under whom Gotama, after leaving the world and before he became the Buddha, received instruction. Uddaka taught him the doctrine which had been realised and procla …

udāyī →

dppn

Udāyī1LāludāyīPaṇḍita Udāyī

There were at least two monks called Udāyī, and it is not always possible to be sure which one is meant. When the Buddha preached the Nāgopama Sutta, AN.iii.344 …

ugga →

dppn

He once visited the Buddha and told him how he rivalled in power and wealth the seṭṭhi Migāra, grandson of Rohana. He was worth one hundred thousand in gold alone, to say nothing of silver. The Buddha …

upacāla →

dppn

Son of Upacālā and nephew of Sāriputta and Khadiravaniya-Revata. He was ordained by Revata. Thag.43 He is mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.v.133 in a list of very eminent disciples, together with …

upaka →

dppn

Upaka1

An Ājivaka whom the Buddha met on his way between Gayā and the Bodhi Tree, after he set out from Isipatana for the preaching of the First Sermon. Upaka questioned the Buddha on his …

upananda →

dppn

Upananda1

A monk, belonging to the Sākyan clan, who was known for his greed in procuring requisites. Several incidents connected with him are mentioned in the Vinaya. Once he promised to s …

upasena →

dppn

UpasenaVaṅgantaputta

When his ordination was but one year old, he ordained another bhikkhu, to increase the number of holy ones, and went with him to wait upon the Buddha. The Buddha roundly rebuked …

upasīva →

dppn

One of the disciples of Bāvarī. Snp.1007 The questions he asked the Buddha, when he visited him in the company of his colleagues, are recorded in the Upasīva-māṇavaa-pucchā. Snp.1069–1076

upavāna →

dppn

A monk who was occasionally the attendant of the Buddha, and who features in a number of discourses. Once when the Buddha was attacked by cramp, Upavāna, with the help of his lay-friend Devahita, obt …

upāli →

dppn

Upāli 1

One of the most eminent of the Buddha’s immediate disciples. He belonged to a barber’s family in Kapilavatthu and entered the service of the Sākiyan princes. When Anuruddha and his …

uruvelā →

dppn

UruvelāSenānigamaUruvelapattana

A locality on the banks of the Nerañjara, in the neighbourhood of the Bodhi-tree at Buddhagayā. MN.i.166 The place chosen by the Bodhisatta for his penances was calle …

uruññā →

dppn

Uruññā UjuññāUguññāUdaññaUjjuññā

A district and a town in Kosala. Once when the Buddha was staying at the Deer Park in Kaṇṇakatthala in the neighbourhood of the city, Pasenadi, who happened to be at …

uttarā →

dppn

Uttarā1

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses tell of her awakening. Thig.15

Uttarā2

The Therīgāthā contains seven verses uttered by her after becoming an arahant, the result of …

uttarāpa →

dppn

The name given to the region to the north of the river Mahī. See also Aṅguttarāpa.

???3region

uttiya →

dppn

Uttiya1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse tells of how when ill, he aroused mindfulness. Thag.30

In the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.v.22 the Buddha explains to him, in answer to his question, the char …

vacchagotta →

dppn

A wanderer who later became an arahant Thera. Several conversations he had with the Buddha are mentioned in the books. For details see the Tevijja Vacchagotta-, Aggi Vacchagotta-, Mahā Vacchagotta- …

vaggumudā →

dppn

VaggumudāVattumudā

A river in the Vajji country. On its banks lived Yasoja and his five hundred companions. Ud.iii.3

Vajjī3river

vajjiyamāhita →

dppn

A householder of Campā, a devout and skilled follower of the Buddha. Once, when on his way to see the Buddha at Gaggarā Lake, he found he had arrived too early and went into the Paribbājakārāma near b …

vajjī →

dppn

The name of a country and of its people. It was one of the sixteen Great Nations. The inhabitants appear to have consisted of several confederate clans of whom the Licchavī and the Videhā were the chi …

vassakāra →

dppn

A brahmin, chief minister of Ajātasattu. He and Sunidha were in charge of the fortifications of Pāṭaligāma, built against the Vajjī. Vin.i.228 Ud.viii.6 DN.ii.72ff.

At Ajātasattu’s suggestion, Vass …

vaṅgīsa →

dppn

A monk who was declared foremost in the gift of spontaneous poetic expression. AN.i.24

The Theragāthā contains numerous verses spoken by him on various occasions Thag.1208–1279 SN.i.183ff. Some of …

vebhāra →

dppn

One of the five hills surrounding Rājagaha. MN.iii.68 In this hill was the Sattapaṇṇiguhā, where the first Convocation was held. Vin.ii.76 The river Tapodā rose in a lake at the foot of Vebhāra.

25.0 …

vediyaka →

dppn

VediyakaVediya

A mountain to the north of Ambasaṇḍā, in which was the Indasālaguhā, where the Buddha stayed. The mountain was bathed in radiance when Sakka visited the Buddha on the occasion of the p …

verañjā →

dppn

A town in which the Buddha once spent the rainy season at the invitation of the brahmin Verañja. Verañja visits the Buddha at the foot of the Naḷerupucimanda, where he is staying, and asks him a serie …

veḷukaṇṭakī →

dppn

VeḷukaṇṭakīVeḷukaṇḍakīVeḷukaṇḍakiyāVeḷukaṇṭakiyā

A lady of Veḷukaṇṭa. She is mentioned as an exemplary lay woman.AN.i.88 AN.ii.164 AN.i.26 SN.ii.236 She founded, for the Order headed by Sāriputta and …

veḷuvana →

dppn

Veḷuvana1Veṇuvana

A park near Rājagaha, the pleasure garden of Bimbisāra. When the Buddha first visited Rājagaha, after his Enlightenment, he stayed at the Latthivanuyyāna. Vin.i.35 The da …

yakkha →

dppn

A class of non human beings generally described as non-human. They are mentioned with Devas, Rakkhasas, Dānavas, Gandhabbas, Kinnaras, and Mahoragas (? Nāgas).

Elsewhere AN.ii.38 they rank, in progr …

yasadatta →

dppn

While journeying in the company of Sabhiya, he came to Sāvatthī, where he was present at the discussion between Sabhiya and the Buddha. It was his purpose to try and discover flaws in the Buddha’s arg …

yasoja →

dppn

YasojaYasojoti

The Udāna mentions Ud.iii.3 how Yasoja and five hundred of his companions went to see the Buddha at Jetavana. There they stood talking to the monks who lived there and made a great upr …

ābha →

dppn

A generic name for devas distinguished for their brilliance, such as the Parittābhā and the Appamāṇābhā. MN.iii.102

ābhassarā →

dppn

A Brahma-world where live radiant devas from whose bodies rays of light are emitted, like lightning. It belongs to the Rūpaloka and is in the plane of second jhāna The devas living there subsist on …

ānanda →

dppn

One of the principal disciples of the Buddha. He was a first cousin of the Buddha and was deeply attached to him. Ānanda entered the Order in the second year of the Buddha’s ministry, together with ot …

āpaṇa →

dppn

A city in the Aṅguttarāpa country, probably its capital. The Buddha once visited the city with 1,250 monks and the whole company was entertained by the Jaṭila Keṇiya. Vin.i.245ff. From Āpaṇa the Bud …

ātumā →

dppn

A town that lay between Kusinārā and Sāvatthī. Once the Buddha, with a large company of bhikkhus, visited the town. At that time there dwelt in it a monk who had been ordained late in life and had for …

assāda →

farkas

vonzerő, kielégülés

abbhañjana →

ncped

rubbing with oil, smearing, oiling, lubricating; unguent, oil.

abbhāgata →

ncped

come; arrived (as a guest); an (uninvited) guest.

abhilakkhita →

ncped

marked out, indicated; characterized; appointed; distinguished.

abhiseka →

ncped

worthy of inauguration as king

abhisekika →

ncped

belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)

abhisekiya →

ncped

belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)

abhisitta →

ncped

sprinkled; inaugurated (as king or queen)

abhisiñcapeti →

ncped

causes to be inaugurated; has made king or queen.

abhisiñcati →

ncped

sprinkles; sprinkles (with water) to inaugurate as king or queen; consecrates.

abhisiñcayati →

ncped

sprinkles; inaugurates (as king).

abhiññāta →

ncped

  1. known, understood.
  2. well-known, famous; distinguished

abhiññātakolañña →

ncped

of distinguished family

accaguṃ →

ncped

accaguṃaccagū

aor. 3 sg. surpassed, overcame.

acceka →

ncped

urgent, pressing; irregular.

addhagū →

ncped

going on the road, walking, travelling; a traveler, a wayfarer.

adhijegucchaṃ →

ncped

as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness.

adhijegucche →

ncped

as regards what is detestable, as regards scrupulousness.

adhunbhisita →

ncped

recently inaugurated

aggha →

ncped

aggha1

masculine price; worth.

aggha2

masculine neuter hospitality, respectful reception of a guest; an offering of water etc. to a guest.

aggupaṭṭhāka →

ncped

the chief personal (male) attendant

ajjhagū →

ncped

ajjhājapajjanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. committing an offense; incurring; guilty of.

ajjhāpanna →

ncped

  1. (act.) who has committed, become guilty of (an offense).
  2. (pass.) committed?.

akkhigūthaka →

ncped

an excretion from the eye

akukkucca →

ncped

free from anxiety; free from feelings of guilt

ambapālaka →

ncped

guardian of mango trees

anabhinandana →

ncped

or ~ā, feminine displeasure; disgust

anabhisitta →

ncped

not inaugurated (as king or queen)

anajjhāpanna →

ncped

who has not committed, not become guilty of (an offense)

anaññaneyya →

ncped

  1. not to be led by someone else; not needing guidance from anyone else.
  2. whither one cannot be guided by others

antagaṇṭhi →

ncped

twisting of the gut, a twisted gut

antagū →

ncped

going to the end; having reached the end

antābādha →

ncped

the illness of twisting of the gut:

anupubbakiriyā →

ncped

regular or gradual working.

anupubbapaṭipadā →

ncped

regular or gradual progress.

anupubbasikkhā →

ncped

regular or gradual training.

anupubbaso →

ncped

in regular order.

anupubbaṃ →

ncped

in regular order, by turn; gradually.

anurakkhana →

ncped

guarding, preservation, taking care of

anurakkhati →

ncped

protects, guards; preserves; takes care of.

anurakkhaṇa →

ncped

guarding, preservation, taking care of

anurakkhā →

ncped

guarding; preservation.

anusāsati →

ncped

teaches, instructs; advises, exhorts; guides, leads (a group); governs, administers.

anuvicarāpeti →

ncped

guides (someone) round

anvagū →

ncped

…gone into, falling…

anāgu →

ncped

blameless

anārakkha →

ncped

not watchful, not guarding

anīkaṭṭha →

ncped

soldier, esp. a royal guard or bodyguard

apagataphegguka →

ncped

with the accessory wood gone

ariyaka →

ncped

  1. (n.) the Ariya language.
  2. (mfn.) who is an Ariya, who speaks the Ariya language.

atithibali →

ncped

offering to a guest

atithī →

ncped

guest; stranger.

ativāha →

ncped

what leads across, a guide, a conveyance.

attha →

ncped

attha1

m rarely neuter

  1. aim, purpose, goal; advantage, profit, benefit.
  2. use, need, want (+ instr.).
    1. affair, concern, business; problem; thing, matter; (with verbs of saying, a …

ayaguḷa →

ncped

an iron ball

ayoguḷa →

ncped

an iron ball

aññātakavesena →

ncped

in disguise; not in one owns form.

aṅgarāga →

ncped

unguents or cosmetics for the body

aṅgula →

ncped

finger.

aṅgulimuddikā →

ncped

signet ring

aṅgulī →

ncped

finger (often in pi. including the thumb); (occasionally) a toe.

aṅgulīchinna →

ncped

whose finger has been cut off

aṅgulīpada →

ncped

finger-mark

aṅgulīpatodaka →

ncped

poking with the finger; tickling

aṅguṭṭha →

ncped

the thumb; the big toe.

aṅguṭṭhapada →

ncped

thumb-mark

aṭṭa →

ncped

aṭṭa1

masculine a watchtower.

aṭṭa2

mfn. a lawsuit, a legal case.

aṭṭa3

mfn. distressed, tormented, afflicted; molested, plagued, hurt.

aṭṭhaguṇaṃ →

ncped

eight times; eight times as much

aṭṭhaṅgula →

ncped

of eight finger-breadths; to the extent of eight finger-breadths

aṭṭhaṅguli →

ncped

to the height or extent of eight finger-breadths

aṭṭhaṅgupeta →

ncped

characterized by the eight parts or factors (i.e. by the observance of the first eight precepts)

aṭṭīyati →

ncped

(from aṭṭa) is distressed, pained, disgusted.

catugguṇa →

ncped

fourfold; four times; folded four times; of four thicknesses.

catuguṇa →

ncped

fourfold; four times; folded four times; of four thicknesses.

caturassa →

ncped

caturassa1

mfn. & m (or n.)

  1. (mfn.) four cornered, quadrangular; four sided; square.
  2. (m. or n.) a four cornered figure, a square or rectangle (?)
  3. (~assa) yoked with four horses. …

caturassaka →

ncped

four-cornered; quadrangular.

caturaṅgula →

ncped

measuring four inches; measuring four fingers breadth.

caturaṅgulika →

ncped

measuring four fingers breadth.

chadana →

ncped

  1. a thatch; a roof; a cover.
  2. a leaf, foliage; hair.
  3. an external (false) covering; a disguise; a pretense.

chanda →

ncped

chanda1

masculine & neuter (m.)

  1. in a bad sense: desire, appetite (for, loc.); affection; partiality.
  2. in a good sense or neutral sense: will; intention; appetite for; eagerness.
  3. c …

chavi →

ncped

  1. skin; esp. the outer layer of the skin; the epidermis; an integument.
  2. the covering of a cushion.

cittānurakkhi →

ncped

who guards the thoughts.

cittānurakkhin →

ncped

who guards the thoughts.

ciṅgulaka →

ncped

toy wind mill.

ciṅgulayitvā →

ncped

having turned or whirled around.

ciṅgulika →

ncped

ciṅgulāyitvā →

ncped

cātummahārājika →

ncped

  1. (mfn. & m.) belonging to the company attending the four great kings, the world guardians; a deva or the devas belonging to that company.
  2. (n.) the world of the catummaharajika devas.

dadhi →

ncped

sour, coagulated milk.

daṇḍavāgurā →

ncped

devajigucchaka →

ncped

who dislikes or disapproves of the gods.

dhamma →

ncped

    1. how the world of experience works, the processes by which it works and is explained (especially as formulated in cattāri ariyasaccānī and paṭiccasamuppāda), and the possibility and way of transc …

dhammadhipa →

ncped

with dhamma as master; guided by dhamma.

dhammagutta →

ncped

protected by the dhamma; who protects the dhamma.

dhammanetti →

ncped

the leading rope, the guiding rope, that is dhamma (?)

dhammika →

ncped

  1. in conformity with the rule or regulation.
  2. righteous, just; acting rightly.
  3. lawful, legitimate; in conformity with what is right.
  4. right; justice.

dhi →

ncped

indeclinable (an exclamation expressing reproach or displeasure or disgust) shame! out upon … ! (usually + acc., also + gen., voc. or nom.)

dhutaṅgaguṇa →

ncped

an ascetic practice.

dhuvabhatta →

ncped

regular food; a guaranteed meal (for a particular person (?)

dhuvabhattika →

ncped

having a regular supply of meals.

dhuvayāgu →

ncped

regular gift of rice gruel.

diguṇa →

ncped

dugguṇa →

ncped

duguṇa →

ncped

dukkhupasamana →

ncped

extinguishing dukkha.

duppaṭimantiya →

ncped

hard to answer or refute; hard to argue with.

duranurakkhiya →

ncped

hard to protect or guard.

duvaṅgula →

ncped

duṭṭha →

ncped

duṭṭha1

pp mfn corrupt; spoilt; sullied.

duṭṭha2

pp. mfn. & masculine bearing ill-will; inimical; angered; malignant; (of animals) enraged; vicious; a rogue, a villain.

dvaṅgula →

ncped

the breadth of two fingers; (mfn.) measuring two finger-breadths.

dvaṅgulakappa →

ncped

two finger-breadth practice.

dvaṅgulapañña →

ncped

with ‘two finger’ understanding (with little understanding; or whose understanding is in her two fingers)

dvaṅgulipañña →

ncped

dvejjha →

ncped

the possibility of two sides or interpretations; ambiguity; doubt, uncertainty.

dviguṇa →

ncped

double, doubled; of double thickness; twice as much as, twice as many as; ~a, ~ena, adv., twice; twice as much.

dvijivha →

ncped

double-tongued; false-tongued.

dāyapāla →

ncped

the keeper or guardian of a park.

dīghaṅguli →

ncped

having long fingers (one of the 32 characteristics of a mahapurisa)

ekaguṇaṃ →

ncped

once

ekatta →

ncped

ekatta1

neuter abstr. the being one;

  1. oneness, unity; identity; integration; a collective idea; a single concept; the single number, the singular;
  2. singleness, being alone, solitarine …

eragu →

ncped

kind of grass.

eḷagalāgumba →

ncped

an eḷagala thicket.

giriguhā →

ncped

mountain cleft; a gorge or cave.

gonaṅgula →

ncped

kind of black colored monkey.

gopaka →

ncped

cowherd; a guardian.

gopeti →

ncped

guards; protects; watches, keeps safe; covers, closes.

gopita →

ncped

guarded; protected; defended.

guhā →

ncped

an enclosed (hiding) place or space; a cave; a cavern.

guhāsaya →

ncped

being in the body.

gulasi →

ncped

kind of plant.

gulhaka →

ncped

gumba →

ncped

troop of soldiers; a guard.

gumbiya →

ncped

one of a troop of soldiers; a guard.

gundā →

ncped

the rush nut, cyperus rotundus.

gutta →

ncped

guarded; protected; watchful; protector; defender; preserver.

guttadvāra →

ncped

with means of access (of the sense-faculties) guarded; defended; controlled.

gutti →

ncped

protection; guarding; watchfulness; controlling.

guyha →

ncped

what is to be covered or concealed; the parts of the body which to be covered, esp. the private parts; what is to be kept secret, secret; private; a secret.

guyhamanta →

ncped

secret or private discussion or plan.

guḷa →

ncped

type of sugar; in lumps or liquid; treacle; molasses.

guḷapiṇḍa →

ncped

lump of sugar.

guḷavākala →

ncped

with a thick (or knotted? or matted?) fringe.

guḷikā →

ncped

pill; a small ball or globe; a globule.

guḷāguṇdikajāta →

ncped

guḷāguṇṭhikajāta →

ncped

become enveloped in a tangled ball; knotted in ball; in a tangle of threads.

guḷāsava →

ncped

spirit distilled from sugar or molasses.

guṇa →

ncped

  1. a secondary element; a quality, an attribute; esp. a good quality.
  2. a strand, a subdivision; a tie; a string; bow string; the string of a musical instrument.

guṇaka →

ncped

(or m.) stitching to strengthen the edge of a belt.

guṇava →

ncped

possessed of good qualities or virtues; excellent, estimable.

guṇavat →

ncped

possessed of good qualities or virtues; excellent, estimable.

guṭṭha →

ncped

gūhā →

ncped

gūtha →

ncped

feces; dung; excrement.

gūthabhakkha →

ncped

one who feeds on excrement.

gūthabhastā →

ncped

bag of dung.

gūthagata →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) fallen into dung; covered in dung; smeared in excrement.
  2. (n.) excrement; dung.

gūthakūpa →

ncped

cesspit.

gūthaniraya →

ncped

the excrement hell.

gūthāda →

ncped

gūthādi →

ncped

(~ī) eating excrement; one who feeds on dung.

gūthādin →

ncped

(~ī) eating excrement; one who feeds on dung.

gūḷhaka →

ncped

hidden; secret.

jambupālaka →

ncped

guardian of rose apple trees.

jatu →

ncped

jatu1

neuter gum or resin; lac.

jatu2

feminine a bat.

jatumaṭṭhaka →

ncped

stick of gum or resin (used as a dildo)

jeguccha →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) contemptible; loathsome; disgusting; detestable.
  2. (n.) disgust; recoiling from.

jegucchi →

ncped

or neuter recoiling from; scrupulousness.

jegucchin →

ncped

who detests or avoids or recoils from; being disgusted; scrupulous; fastidious.

jegucchiya →

ncped

contemptible, detestable; loathsome, disgusting.

jigucchamāna →

ncped

of jigucchati

jigucchanta →

ncped

(~antī)n. of jigucchati

jigucchati →

ncped

shuns, avoids; loathes, detest; is disgusted with or horrified at.

jigucchita →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) disliked; detested.
  2. (n.) avoidance; abstention.

jigucchitabba →

ncped

of jigucchati

jigucchitvā →

ncped

of jigucchati

jivhadhātu →

ncped

the constituent element that is the tongue (as sense organ)

jivhagga →

ncped

the tip of the tongue.

jivhanicchākaraṃ →

ncped

indeclinable sticking out the tongue.

jivhaviññeyya →

ncped

cognizable by the sense-organ that is the tongue.

jivhā →

ncped

the tongue; the organ of taste.

jivhānittaddana →

ncped

paralyzing the tongue by means of a spell.

jivhāyatana →

ncped

the sphere of perception, the sense organ that is the tongue.

jutima →

ncped

brilliant; bright; distinguished.

jutimat →

ncped

brilliant; bright; distinguished.

kandara →

ncped

gully, a gorge; a ravine; an inlet

kandarā →

ncped

gully, a gorge; a ravine; an inlet

kappa →

ncped

  1. (m. n.)

    1. an aeon, a cycle of the world’s evolution and dissolution; one stage of a cycle; a very long period of time.
    2. a (limited) length of time
  2. (m.n.) an allowable practice; an allo …

kasāva →

ncped

an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum

kasāya →

ncped

an astringent substance; an astringent decoction (from plants); an exudation or gum

kathāsallāpa →

ncped

conversation; dialogue

kaṅgu →

ncped

kind of grain, panic seed.

kaṇṇagūthaka →

ncped

earwax; cerumen of the ear

khattiyābhiseka →

ncped

inauguration as king

khettapāla →

ncped

one who guards a field, a watchman

kiṭṭhārakkha →

ncped

guard of cornfields.

kosārakkha →

ncped

treasurer; a guardian of the treasury

koṭi →

ncped

the curved end (of a bow); the end or top of anything; the edge or point; the highest point; a point or side in an argument, an alternative.

kukkucca →

ncped

mental agitation (arising from anxiety that one has done or might do wrong, or might fail to do right); a feeling of guilt; remorse; worried (over-)scrupulousness.

kāmaguṇa →

ncped

  1. desire, passion.
  2. (usually kāmagunā, m.pl (and ~āni, n.pl)), the strand(s) of (what furnishes) sensual pleasure, the subdivisions or classes of the objects of pleasure

kāyura →

ncped

bracelet (worn on the upper arm); an arm-guard; (according to commentaries) a neck-ornament, a necklace

kāyūra →

ncped

bracelet (worn on the upper arm); an arm-guard; (according to commentaries) a neck-ornament, a necklace

nayati →

ncped

  1. leads, guides, conducts; takes; takes away; takes away in marriage; carries off.
  2. finds out, ascertains; decides; determines.

naṅguṭṭha →

ncped

tail.

neta →

ncped

one who takes, who leads; a leader; a guide.

netar →

ncped

one who takes, who leads; a leader; a guide.

nibbakosa →

ncped

the gutter, the edge, of the eaves; the shelter of the eaves; ?

nibbidā →

ncped

weariness (of); disenchantment, dissatisfaction, disgust (with)

nibbijja →

ncped

having been disheartened or disgusted.

nibbinda →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) being dissatisfied or disgusted; weary; turning away.
  2. (m.) dissatisfaction; disgust; turning away.

nibbindati →

ncped

is despondent; becomes wearied, fed up (with, loc., occasionally acc. or instr.), feels disenchantment or dissatisfaction or disgust (with, loc., occasionally acc. or instr.); gives up, turns away from (abl.)

nibbinditvā →

ncped

having got wearied of; having been disgusted with.

nibbinna →

ncped

  1. disenchanted or dissatisfied or disgusted (with); weary (of)
  2. which has caused dissatisfaction or disgust; given up, turned away from.

nibbinnarūpa →

ncped

very disgusted with; weary of.

nibbāpana →

ncped

extinguishing; cooling; allaying.

nibbāpetabba →

ncped

extinguishes; cools; calms, allays; refreshes

niddhamana →

ncped

drain; a gutter; a canal.

nillāletvā →

ncped

having wagged (the tongue); having moved the tongue to and fro.

nimitta →

ncped

    1. a sign or mark by which something or someone is recognized or identified or known or defined; a distinguishing mark or appearance; a perceived (enduring) attribute, predicate (especially that of …

nimittaṃ gaṇhāti →

ncped

marks, apprehends the characteristic features; apprehends an object or appearance (as distinguished in various ways); distinguishes, identifies an object or appearance.

nimittaṃ karoti →

ncped

makes a sign; marks; indicates; distinguishes.

ninneta →

ncped

one who ascertains, settles; a guide.

ninnetar →

ncped

one who ascertains, settles; a guide.

ninnāmeti →

ncped

puts out (the tongue)

nipāteti →

ncped

  1. makes fall down (on), makes lie down; lowers; throws down; fixes, fixes (the teeth) in; casts upon, imputes; (brings together; ?)
  2. inlays, embosses.
  3. sets down as a special or irregular form.

nirayapāla →

ncped

guard, a torturer in hell.

nissaya →

ncped

  1. support, what one depends or relies on; refuge, shelter; dependence; reliance.
  2. support, resource; requisite.
  3. (a relation of) dependence and guidance and supervision (under an upajjhāya or ācariya)

nāyaka →

ncped

guide, a leader; a chief, a lord; esp. a Buddha.

nāyikā →

ncped

female guide, a female leader; a female chief, a mistress.

ogumpheti →

ncped

winds round, weaves round; ties together.

ogumphetvā →

ncped

ogumphiyati →

ncped

oguṇṭhita →

ncped

covered; with the head covered; veiled.

oguṇṭhitvā →

ncped

covering (the head); veiling.

omāna →

ncped

contempt; self disgust, self despising.

oṇirakkha →

ncped

one who watches over a charge, who guards what has been entrusted to him.

sārakkha →

ncped

guarded; with a protector

taddiguṇa →

ncped

twice that, double that

tapojigucchā →

ncped

recoiling from, shunning, through austerity; the scrupulousness that is ascetic practice; scrupulousness and ascetic practice.

tiguṇa →

ncped

threefold; three times; of three thicknesses.

tilasaṅguḷikā →

ncped

sesame cake.

tiṇapurisa →

ncped

figure made of straw.

tutta →

ncped

pike or goad for guiding elephants.

tāyati →

ncped

protects; guards.

ubbaṭṭayati →

ncped

massages, rubs (with unguents)

ubbaṭṭeti →

ncped

massages, rubs (with unguents)

udaggudagga →

ncped

very joyful

udapānāli →

ncped

a channel or gutter for a well

udapānāḷi →

ncped

a channel or gutter for a well

ummaddeti →

ncped

massages, rubs (with unguents).

ummaddāpeti →

ncped

causes (someone) to massage or rub (with unguents)

upacarati →

ncped

approaches; serves, attends; treats carefully, honors; uses figuratively.

upaccaguṃ →

ncped

upaccagū →

ncped

upasamati →

ncped

becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished

upasammati →

ncped

becomes calm or quite; ceases; is allayed, is extinguished

upasanta →

ncped

calmed, pacified, at peace; calm, tranquil; ceased, extinguished

upārambha →

ncped

reproof, criticism, faultfinding; argumentative challenge.

upārambhānisaṃsa →

ncped

useful for argumentative challenge, thinking it useful for argumentative challenge

upāvisi →

ncped

useful for argumentative.

upāvisiṃ →

ncped

challenge, thinking it useful for argumentative.

ussayavādikā →

ncped

contentious or violent in speech; argumentative, seeking litigation.

uyyānapāla →

ncped

keeper of a park; a guardian of a park

ābhiseka →

ncped

worthy of inauguration as king

ābhisekika →

ncped

belonging to or used for the inauguration (of a king)

ādinna →

ncped

  1. taken, grasped; taken up, undertaken.
  2. used, employed (of the distinguishing mark on a robe).

āgu →

ncped

āgu1

3 plural

āgu2

neuter offense, wrong-doing.

āgucāri →

ncped

doing wrong; criminal

āgucārin →

ncped

doing wrong; criminal

āguṃ →

ncped

āgū →

ncped

ākappa →

ncped

dress, appearance, guise; outward sign; deportment; (good) behavior.

ānulomika →

ncped

in regular order; conformable to, suitable.

ānupubba →

ncped

order, regular order, succession.

ānupubbikathā →

ncped

an exposition or narrative in a regular order; an account of previous events; a progressive or gradual sermon; instruction step by step.

āpajigucchaka →

ncped

who spurns or despises (the element of) water

āpattigāmi →

ncped

guilty of an offense (not yet dealt with)

āpattigāmin →

ncped

guilty of an offense (not yet dealt with)

āraddha →

ncped

āraddha1

pp mfn. (pass.) taken hold of, undertaken, begun, initiated

āraddha2

mfn. accomplished, achieved; pleased; satisfied.

āraddhā →

ncped

having begun or started.

ārakkha →

ncped

guard, protection; preservation; keeping fast.

ārakkhasārathi →

ncped

guarding charioteer

ārakkhat →

ncped

guarding, keeping watch over, preserving.

ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ →

ncped

as a consequence of guarding or holding fast

ārāmapāla →

ncped

keeper or guardian of a park

ātitheyya →

ncped

gift of hospitality, a gift to a guest.

āvāsika →

ncped

  1. (mfn.) resident; in (regular or permanent) residence (usually of a bhikkhu).
  2. (m.) a resident bhikkhu (usually staying permanently in the vihāra and/or acting as a caretaker).

anabhirati-saññā →

nyana

Anabhirati-saññā: Disgustes with the entire world; see: sabba - loke anabhirati - sañña.

anupubba-nirodha →

nyana

Anupubba-nirodha: The 9 ‘successive ceasings’, are the 8 ceasings reached through the 8 absorptions jhāna and the ceasing of feeling and perception’ see: nirodha-samāpatti, as it is said in …

anusaya →

nyana

Anusaya: The 7 ‘latent tendencies’, hidden inclinations, or latent liabilities are:

1: The latent tendency to sense-greed kāma-rāga samyojana,
2: The latent tendency to aversion *patigh …

anussati →

nyana

Anussati: ‘recollection’, reflection, meditation, contemplation. The six recollections often described in the Suttas e.g. A. VI, 10, 25; D. 33 are:

1: Recollection of the Buddha, *buddhānussati …

aparihāniya-dhamma →

nyana

Aparihāniya-dhamma: ‘conditions of welfare’ lit. of non-decline, for a nation. Seven such conditions are mentioned in the Mahā-Parinibbāna Sutta D. 16. They are followed by five sets of 7, and …

asañña-satta →

nyana

Asañña-satta: The unconscious beings, are a class of divine beings in the fine-material world; see: deva II. There are, Bhikkhus, divine beings known as the unconscious ones. As soon, however, …

asmi-māna →

nyana

Asmi-māna: lit.: ‘I am’-conceit, ‘ego-conceit’, may range from the coarsest pride and self-assertion to a subtle feeling of one’s distinctiveness or superiority that persists, as the 8th fette …

association →

nyana

Association: sampayutta-paccaya is one of the 24 conditional relations paccaya. *

Asubha:* Impurity, loathsomeness, foulness, disgust. - In Vis.M VI, it is the cemetery contemplations * …

avijjā →

nyana

Avijjā: I gnorance, nescience, the blindness of not knowing, is synonymous with confusion moha (see mūla ), is the primary & deepest root of all evil and suffering in the world, veiling man’s …

bala →

nyana

Bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the following five are most frequently met with in the texts: 1 faith saddhā, 2 energy viriya, 3 awareness or mindfulness sati, 4 concentration …

bhāvanā →

nyana

Bhāvanā: ‘mental development’ lit. ‘calling into existence, producing’ is what in English is generally but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranqu …

cakka →

nyana

Cakka: ‘wheel’, is one of the seven ‘precious possessions’ ratana of a righteous World Emperor cakkavatti ‘He who owns the Wheel,’ cf. D. 26, and symbolizes conquering progress and expanding s …

citta-kammaññatā →

nyana

Citta-kammaññatā: °lahutā, °mudutā, °paguññatā, °passaddhi, °ujukatā see: Tab. II.

contiguity →

nyana

Contiguity: samanantara-paccaya is one of the 24 conditions paccaya.

gustatory organ →

nyana

[[gustatory organ]]Gustatory organ: see: āyatana.

hetu →

nyana

Hetu: ‘cause’, condition, reason; Abhidhamma root-condition. In sutta usage it is almost synonymous with paccaya ‘condition’, and often occurs together with it ’What is the cause, what is the c …

iddhi →

nyana

Iddhi: ‘power’, ‘magical power’. The magical powers constitute one of the 6 kinds of higher spiritual powers abhiññā. One distinguishes many kinds of magical powers: the power of determination * …

iddhi-pāda →

nyana

Iddhi-pāda: ‘roads to power’ or success are the 4 following qualities,,for as guides, they indicate the road to power connected therewith; and because they form, by way of preparation, the roads …

immediacy →

nyana

Immediacy: an alternative rendering for contiguity-condition, samanatara - paccaya which is one of the 24 conditions paccaya

indriya →

nyana

Indriya: ‘abilities’, is a name for 22, partly physical, partly mental, phenomena often treated in the Suttas as well as in the Abhidhamma. They are:

6 Bases āyatana:

  1. eye: …

indriyesu gutta-dvāratā →

nyana

[[indriyesu gutta-dvāratā]]Indriyesu gutta-dvāratā: ‘guarding the sense-doors’ is identical with sense-control indriya - samvara see: sīla

iriyā-patha →

nyana

Iriyā-patha: lit. ‘ways of movement’: ‘bodily postures’, i.e. going, standing, sitting, lying. In the Satipatthāna-sutta see: satipatthāna they form the subject of a contemplation and an exerc …

paccaya →

nyana

Paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent, and without which the latter cannot be. Many are the ways in which one thing, or one o …

padhāna →

nyana

Padhāna: ‘effort.’ The 4 right efforts samma - padhāna forming the 6th stage of the 8-fold path i.e. sammā - vāyāma see: magga are: 1 the effort to avoid samvara-padhāna 2 to overc …

paramattha →

nyana

Paramattha: sacca - vacana - Desanā ‘truth or term, exposition that is true in the highest or ultimate sense’, as contrasted with the ‘conventional truth’ vohāra - sacca which is also …

pariyatti →

nyana

Pariyatti: ‘learning the doctrine’, the ‘wording of the doctrine’. In the ‘progress of the disciple’, 3 stages may be distinguished: theory, practice, realization, i.e. 1 learning the wording of t …

paticcasamuppāda →

nyana

Paticcasamuppāda: ‘dependent origination’, is the doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with that of impersonality anattā, forms the …

patipatti →

nyana

Patipatti: practice, or ‘pursuance’ of the teaching, as distinguished from the mere theoretical knowledge of its wording pariyatti.

patisambhidā →

nyana

Patisambhidā: ‘analytical knowledge’ or ‘discrimination’, is of 4 kinds: analytical knowledge of the true meaning attha-patisambhidā of the law dhamma - patisambhidā, of language nirutti

patisandhi →

nyana

Patisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one of the 14 functions of consciousness viññāna-kicca. It is a kamma-resultant type of consciousness and arises at the moment of concep …

pativedha →

nyana

Pativedha: ‘penetration’, signifies the realization of the truth of the Dhamma, as distinguished from the mere acquisition of its wording pariyatti or the practice patipatti of it, in other wo …

paññatti-sīla →

nyana

Paññatti-sīla: ‘prescribed morality’, is a name for the disciplinary rules of the Bhikkhu or layman prescribed by the Buddha, as distinguished from natural or genuine morality pakati-sīla see: sīla

paññā →

nyana

Paññā: ‘understanding, knowledge, understanding, insight’, comprises a very wide field. The specific Buddhist knowledge or understanding, however, as part of the Noble 8-fold path magga to deli …

proficiency →

nyana

Proficiency: of mental properties and consciousness: pāguññatā

progress of the disciple →

nyana

[[progress of the disciple]]Progress of the disciple: Gradual development of the 8-fold path in the: In many suttas occurs an identical passage that outlines the gradual course of development in …

puggala →

nyana

Puggala: ‘individual’, ‘person’, as well as the synonyms: personality, individuality, being satta self attā etc., in short all terms designating a personal entity, hence also: I, you, he, man, …

pāguññatā →

nyana

Pāguññatā: ‘proficiency’, namely, of mental properties kāya - pāguññatā and of consciousness citta - pāguññatā are 2 mental phenomena associated with all advantageous consciousness. Cf. Tab. II.

tathatā →

nyana

Tathatā: ‘Suchness’, designates the firmly fixed nature bhāva of all things whatever. The only passage in the Canon where the word occurs in this sense, is found in Kath. 186 see: Guide, p. 83. …

theravāda →

nyana

Theravāda: ‘Doctrine of the Elders’, is a name of the oldest form of the Buddha’s teachings, handed down to us in the Pāli language. According to tradition, its name is derived from the fact of ha …

ti-lakkhana →

nyana

Ti-lakkhana: the ‘3 charactcristies of existence’, or signata, are impermanency anicca, suffcring or misery dukkha see: sacca, dukkhatā no-self anattā.

Whether Perfect Ones appear in th …

āhāra →

nyana

Āhāra: ‘nutriment’, ‘food’, is used in the concrete sense as material food and as such it belongs to derived materiality see: khandha Summary I. In the figurative sense, as ‘foundation’ or susta …

āhāre patikkūla-saññā →

nyana

[[āhāre patikkūla-saññā]]Āhāre-patikkūla-saññā: ‘reflection on the disgusting aspects of food’, fully described in Vis.M XI, l.

ākāsa →

nyana

Ākāsa: ‘space’, is, according to Com., of two kinds: 1. limited space paricchinnākāsa or paricchedākāsa, 2. endless space anantākāsa, i.e. cosmic space.

  1. Limited space, under th …

āyatana →

nyana

*Āyatana:
* 1: Spheres, is a name for the four formless absorptions; see: jhāna 5-8.
2: The 12 sources or bases on which depend the mental processes, consist of five physical sense-organs an …

abbhañjana →

pts

anointing, lubricating, oiling; unction, unguent Vin.i.205; Vin.iii.79; Mil.367 (akkhassa a.); Vism.264; Vv-a.295.

fr. abbhañjati

abbhāgata →

pts

having arrived or come; (m.) a guest, stranger Vv.1#5 (= abhi-āgata, āgantuka Vv-a.24).

abhi + ā + gata

abhidhamma →

pts

the “special Dhamma,” i.e.

  1. theory of the doctrine, the doctrine classified, the doctrine pure and simple (without any admixture of literary grace or of personalities, or of anecdotes, or of argume …

abhijjhālu →

pts

Abhijjhālū & ˚u

(adj.) covetous DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; SN.ii.168; SN.iii.93; AN.i.298; AN.ii.30, AN.ii.59, AN.ii.220 (an˚ + avyapannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko at conclusion of sīla); AN.v.92 sq., AN.v.163, …

abhijjhālū →

pts

Abhijjhālū & ˚u

(adj.) covetous DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; SN.ii.168; SN.iii.93; AN.i.298; AN.ii.30, AN.ii.59, AN.ii.220 (an˚ + avyapannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko at conclusion of sīla); AN.v.92 sq., AN.v.163, …

abhilakkhita →

pts

adjective fixed, designed, inaugurated, marked by auspices Ja.iv.1; DN-a.i.18.

Sk. abhilakṣita in diff. meaning; pp. of abhi + lakṣ

abhinibbidā →

pts

disgust with the world, taedium Ne.61 (taken as abhinibbhidā, according to expln. as “padālanā-paññatti avijj˚aṇḍa-kosānaṃ”), Ne.98 (so MSS, but C. abhinibbidhā).

abhi + nibbidā; confus …

abhinibbijjati →

pts

to be disgusted with, to avoid, shun, turn away from Snp.281 (T. abhinibbijjayātha, variant reading BB˚ nibbijjiyātha & ˚nibbajjiyātha, Snp-a explains by vivajjeyyātha mā bhajeyyātha; variant reading …

abhirakkhati →

pts

to guard, protect Ja.vi.589 (= pāleti C.). Cp. parirakkhati.

abhi + rakkhati

abhirakkhā →

pts

protection, guard Ja.i.204 (= ārakkhā Ja.i.203).

fr. abhirakkhati

abhisameta →

pts

completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).

pp. of …

abhiseceti →

pts

to cause to be sprinkled or inaugurated Ja.v.26. (imper. abhisecayassu).

caus. of abhisiñcati

abhiseka →

pts

anointing, consecration, inauguration (as king) AN.i.107 (cp. abhisitta), AN.ii.87 read abhisek’-anabhisitto; Ja.ii.104, Ja.ii.352; Dhp-a.i.350; Pv-a.74. Cp. ābhisekika.

fr. abhi + sic, cp. Sk. abhiṣeka

abhisitta →

pts

  1. sprinkled over, anointed Snp.889 (manasā, cp. Mnd.298); Mil.336 (amatena loka a.).
  2. consecrated (King), inaugurated (more freq. in this conn. is avasitta), Vin.iii.44; AN.i.107 (khattiyo khattiye …

abhitunna →

pts

(tuṇṇa). Overwhelmed, overcome overpowered SN.ii.20; Pts.i.129 (dukkha˚), Pts.i.164; Ja.i.407 Ja.i.509 (˚tuṇṇa); Ja.ii.399, Ja.ii.401; Ja.iii.23 (soka˚); Ja.iv.330; Ja.v.268, Sdhp.281.

not as Morris, …

abhivisiṭṭha →

pts

adjective most excellent, very distinguished DN-a.i.99, DN-a.i.313.

abhi + visiṭṭha

abhiyogin →

pts

adjective applying oneself to, practised, skilled (an augur, sooth sayer) DN.iii.168.

fr. abhiyoga

abhiññāta →

pts

  1. known, recognised Snp.588 (abhiññeyyaṃ ˚ṃ).
  2. (well)-known, distinguished DN.i.89 (˚kolañña = pākaṭa-kulaja DN-a.i.252), DN.i.235; Snp.p.115.

pp. of abhijānāti

accaya →

pts

  1. (temporal) lapse, passing; passing away, end, death. Usually as instr. accayena after the lapse of, at the end or death of, after Vin.i.25; DN.ii.127 (rattiyā a.), DN.ii.154 ( …

accha →

pts

Accha1

adjective clear, transparent Vin.i.206 (˚kañjika); DN.i.76 (maṇi = tanucchavi DN-a.i.221), DN.i.80 (udakapatta), DN.i.84 (udaka-rahada); MN.i.100; SN.ii.281 (˚patta); SN.iii.105 ( …

accharā →

pts

Accharā1

feminine the snapping of the fingers, the bringing together of the finger-tips:

  1. (lit.) accharaṃ paharati to snap the fingers Ja.ii.447; Ja.iii.191; Ja.iv.124, Ja.iv.126 Ja. …

accāyika →

pts

adjective out of time, viz.

  1. irregular, extraordinary Ja.vi.549, Ja.vi.553.
  2. urgent, pressing MN.i.149 (karaṇiyan business), MN.ii.112; Ja.i.338; Ja.v.17 ˚ṃ (nt.) hurry Dhp-a.i.18. See also acce …

addhan →

pts

- [Vedic adhvaga] a wayfarer, traveller journeyman Thag.255 = SN.i.212 (but the latter has panthagu variant reading…

addhāna →

pts

same meaning as addhan but as simplex only used with reference to time (i.e. a long time, cp. Vv-a.117 addhānaṃ = ciraṃ). Usually in phrase atītaṃ (anāgataṃ etc.) addhānaṃ in …

adhi →

pts

A. Prep. and pref. of direction & place:

  1. as direction denoting a movement towards a definite end or goal up to, over, toward, to, on (see C 1a.)
  2. as place where (prep. c. loc. or abs.) = …

adhicca →

pts

Adhicca1

learning, studying, learning by heart Ja.iii.218, Ja.iii.327 = Ja.iv.301; Ja.iv.184 (vede = adhīyitvā C.), Ja.iv.477 (sajjhāyitvā C.); Ja.vi.213; Mil.164.

ger. of adhi + eti, se …

adhigacchati →

pts

…Vv.32#7; 3 pl. ajjhagū Ja.i.256 (vyasanaṃ); ajjhāgamuṃ SN.i.12. 2nd aor. 3 sg. adhigacchi

adhijeguccha →

pts

intense scrupulous regard (for others) DN.i.174, DN.i.176.

adhi + jeguccha

adhimucchita →

pts

Adhimuccita & Adhimucchita

past participle drawn towards, attached to, infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) MN.ii.223 (an˚); SN.i.113; Thag.732 (variant reading ˚muccita), Thag.923 (cch), Thag.1175; …

adhimuccita →

pts

Adhimuccita & Adhimucchita

past participle drawn towards, attached to, infatuated, indulging in (with loc.) MN.ii.223 (an˚); SN.i.113; Thag.732 (variant reading ˚muccita), Thag.923 (cch), Thag.1175; …

agalu →

pts

fragrant aloe wood, Agallochum Vv.53#7 (aggalu = Vv-a.237 agalugandha); Vv-a.158 (+ candana). Cp. also Avs.i.24 and akalu.

cp. Sk. agu …

agaru →

pts

adjective

  1. not heavy, not troublesome, only in phrase: sace te agaru “if it does not inconvenience you, if you don’t mind” (cp. BSk. yadi te aguru. Av. SN.i.94, SN.i.229; SN.ii.90) Vin.i.25; Vin. …

agga →

pts

Agga1

adjective noun

  1. (adj.)
    1. of time: the first, foremost Dpvs.iv.13 (saṅgahaṃ first collection). See cpds
    2. of space: the highest, topmost, Ja.i.52 (˚sākhā)
    3. of qual …

aggatā →

pts

pre-eminence, prominence, superiority Kv.556 (˚ṃ gata); Dpvs.iv.1 (guṇaggataṃ gatā)
■ (adj.) mahaggata of great value or superiority DN.i.80; DN.iii.224.

abstr. of agga

aggaḷa →

pts

Aggaḷa & Aggaḷā

feminine (see [occasionally with l.](/define/occasionally with l.)) a contrivance to fasten anything for security or obstruction:

  1. a bolt or cross-bar Vin.i.290; DN.i.89 (*-ṃ āko …

aggaḷā →

pts

Aggaḷa & Aggaḷā

feminine (see [occasionally with l.](/define/occasionally with l.)) a contrivance to fasten anything for security or obstruction:

  1. a bolt or cross-bar Vin.i.290; DN.i.89 (*-ṃ āko …

aggha →

pts

  1. price, value, worth, Mil.244; Mhvs.26, Mhvs.22; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.76; Vv-a.77
    mahaggha (adj.) of great value Ja.iv.138; Ja.v.414; Ja.vi.209; Pv.ii.1#18. See also mahāraha. …

aggi →

pts

fire.

  1. fire, flames, sparks; conflagration Vin.ii.120 (fire in bathroom); MN.i.487 (anāhāro nibbuto f. gone out for lack of fuel); SN.iv.185, SN.iv.399 (sa-upādāno jalati provided with fuel blazes …

agāra →

pts

  1. house or hut, usually implying the comforts of living at home as opp. to anagāra homelessness or the state of a homeless wanderer (mendicant). See anagāriyā
    ■ Thus freq. in two phrases con …

ahi →

pts

snake Vin.ii.109; DN.i.77; SN.iv.198; AN.iii.306 sq.; AN.iv.320; AN.v.289; Mnd.484; Vism.345 (+ kukkura etc.); Vv-a.100; Pv-a.144.

  • -kuṇapa the carcase of a snake Vin.iii.68 …

ajjhatta →

pts

adjective noun that which is personal, subjective, arises from within (in contrast to anything outside, objective or impersonal); as adv. & ˚interior, personal, inwardly (opp.; bahiddhā bāhira etc o …

ajjhāpajjati →

pts

to commit an offence, to incur, to become guilty of (acc.) Vin.iv.237. pp. ajjhāpanna (q.v.).

adhi + ā + pad

ajjhāpanna →

pts

become guilty of offence DN.i.245; DN.iii.43; SN.ii.270; AN.iv.277, AN.iv.280; AN.v.178, AN.v.181 an˚; guiltless, innocent Vin.i.103; DN.iii.46; SN.ii.194, SN.ii.269; AN.v.181; Mil.401. For all pass …

ajjhāpatti →

pts

incurring guilt Dhs.299 (an˚).

abstr. to ajjhāpajjati

akkha →

pts

Akkha1

the axle of a wheel DN.ii.96; SN.v.6; AN.i.112; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.192; Ja.v.155 (akkhassa phalakaṃ yathā; C.: suvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya, i.e. shiny, like the polished surface of an axle …

akkhara →

pts

adjective constant, durable, lasting DN.iii.86. As tt. for one of 4 branches of Vedic learning (DN.i.88) it is Phonetics which probably included Grammar, and is explained by sikkhā

akkhi →

pts

…the eye Pv-a.198.

  • -gūthaka id. Snp.197 (= dvīhi akkhicchiddehi apanīta-ttaca-maṃsasadiso a˚-gūthako…

alasa →

pts

adjective idle, lazy, slack, slothful, languid SN.i.44, SN.i.217; Snp.96 (= jāti-alaso Snp-a.170); Ja.iv.30; Dhp.280 (= mahā-alaso Dhp-a.iii.410). Opp. analasa vigorous energetic SN.i.44; DN.iii …

amacca →

pts

  1. friend, companion, fellow-worker, helper, esp one who gives his advice, a bosom-friend Iti.73; Ja.vi.512 (sahajātā amaccā); Pv.ii.6#20 (a ˚-paricārikā well-advising friends as company or around …

ambila →

pts

adjective sour, acid; one of the 6 rasas or tastes, viz. a., lavaṇa, tittaka, kaṭuka kasāya, madhura (see under rasa): thus at Mil.56. Another enumeration at Cnd.540 & Dhs.629
■ Ja …

amhā →

pts

cow (?) AN.i.229. The C. says nothing. Amhakam, Amhe

etym. uncertain; Morris J.P.T.S. 1889, 201 too vague

ammā →

pts

mother Ja.iii.392 (gen. ammāya)
■ Voc. amma (see sep.).

onomat. from child language; Sk. ambā, cp. Gr. ἀμμάς mother, Oisl. amma “granny”, Ohg. amma “mammy”, nurse; also Lat. amita …

amāyāvin →

pts

adjective without guile, not deceiving, honest DN.iii.47 (asaṭha +), DN.iii.55 (id.), DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69 (asaṭhena a.).

a + māyāvin, cp. amāya

anassāvin →

pts

adjective not intoxicated, not enjoying or finding pleasure in Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. = sātavatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhasanthavavirahita Snp-a.549).

an + assāvin; cp. assāva + āsava

andha →

pts

adjective

  1. (lit.) blind, blinded, blindfolded Ja.i.216 (dhūm˚); Pv.iv.1#48; Pv-a.3
    ■ dark, dull, blinding MN.iii.151 (˚andhaṃ adv. dulled); Snp.669 (Ep. of timisa, like Vedic andhaṃ tamaḥ); D …

anna →

pts

“eating”, food, esp. boiled rice, but includes all that is eaten as food, viz. odana, kummāsa, sattu, maccha, maṃsa (rice gruel, flour, fish, meat) Mnd.372 = Mnd.495. Anna is spelt *[aṇṇa](/define/aṇṇ …

anoma →

pts

adjective (only ˚-) not inferior, superior, perfect, supreme, in foll. compounds

  • -guṇa supreme virtue DN-a.i.288.
  • -dassika of superior beauty Vv.20#7, V …

anta →

pts

…Pts.i.151 sq. - one who has gone to the end, one who has gone through or overcome (dukkha) AN.iv.254, AN.iv.258,…

antarikā →

pts

“what lies in between or near”, i.e.

  1. the inside of Vin.iv.272 (bhājan˚).
  2. the neighbourhood, region of (-˚), sphere, compass Vin.iii.39 (ur˚, angul˚); Ja.i.265 (yakkhassa sīm˚ inside the yṡ sph …

anu →

pts

Anu1

indeclinable prep. & pref

A.

As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of …

anubala →

pts

rear-guard, retinue, suite, in -ṃ bhavati to accompany or follow somebody Mil.125.

anu + bala

anubhāva →

pts

orig. meaning “experience, concomitance” and found only in compounds as-˚, in meaning “experiencing the sensation of or belonging to, experience of, accordance with”, e.g. maha˚ sensation of greatnes …

anugacchati →

pts

…3rd pl anvagū Snp.586 (vasaṃ = vasaṃ gata Snp-a.461). Pass anugammati, ppr. anugammamāna accompanied…

anukkama →

pts

  1. order, turn, succession, going along; only in instr. anukkamena gradually, in due course or succession Ja.i.157, Ja.i.262, Ja.i.290; Vv-a.157; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.14, Pv-a.35 e …

anuloma →

pts

adjective “with the hair or grain”, i.e. in natural order, suitable, fit, adapted to, adaptable straight forward DN.ii.273 (anānuloma, q.v.) SN.iv.401; Pts.ii.67, Pts.ii.70; Dhp-a.ii.208
■ nt. dire …

anupaññatti →

pts

supplementary regulation or order Vin.ii.286; Vin.v.2 sq.

anu + paññatti

anupubba →

pts

adjective following in one’s turn, successive, gradual, by and by, regular Vin.ii.237 (mahāsamuddo a˚-ninno etc.); DN.i.184; Snp.511; Ja.v.155 (regularly formed, of ūrū). Cases adverbially: *[anupubb …

anupubbi-kathā →

pts

Anupubbi-kathā

feminine a gradual instruction, graduated sermon regulated exposition of the ever higher values of four subjects (dāna-kathā, sīla˚, sagga˚, magga˚) i.e. charity righteousness, the h …

anupālaka →

pts

adjective guarding, preserving Sdhp.474.

anu + pālaka

anupālana →

pts

maintenance, guarding, keeping Dpvs.iii.2.

fr. anupāleti

anupāleti →

pts

to safeguard, warrant, maintain Mil.160 (santatiṃ).

anu + pāleti

anurakkhati →

pts

to guard, watch over (acc.), preserve, protect, shield Snp.149; Dhp.327; Ja.i.46; Pp.12
ppr med˚ rakkhamāna(ka) as adj. Sdhp.621.

anu + rakkhati

anurakkhaṇa →

pts

(f.) guarding, protection, preservation DN.iii.225 sq.; AN.ii.16 sq.; Ja.i.133 Pp.12; Dpvs.iv.24 (adj.); Vv-a.32 (citta˚); Sdhp.449.

abstr. fr. anurakkhati

anurakkhin →

pts

adjective guarding, preserving, keeping Ja.v.24.

fr. anurakkhati

anurakkhiya →

pts

adjective in dur˚; difficult to guard Vin.iii.149.

f. anurakkhati

anurakkhā →

pts

guarding, protection, preservation SN.iv.323 (anuddayā a. anukampā).

= anurakkhaṇā

anussāveti →

pts

to cause to be heard or sound; to proclaim utter, speak out Vin.i.103 (˚ssāviyamāna ppr. Pass.), Vin.ii.48 (saddaṃ a.)
pp anussāvita.

anu + sāveti, Caus. of śru, cp. B.Sk …

anutāpa →

pts

anguish, remorse, conscience Vv.40#5 (= vippaṭisāra Vv-a.180); Dhs-a.384.

fr. anu + tāpa

anuvicca →

pts

having known or found out, knowing well or thoroughly, testing, finding out MN.i.301, MN.i.361 (variant reading -vijja); AN.ii.3, AN.ii.84; AN.v.88; Dhp.229 (= jānitvā Dhp-a.iii.329); Snp.530 (= a …

anuyutta →

pts

  1. applying oneself to, dealing with, practising, given to, intent upon DN.i.166, DN.i.167; DN.iii.232 = AN.ii.205 (attaparitāpan’ ânuyogaṃ a.); SN.iii.153 SN.iv.104; Snp.663 (lobhaguṇe), Snp.814 (met …

anvagū →

pts

3rd pl. aor. of anugacchati SN.i.39; Snp.586.

anīka →

pts

army, array, troops (orig. “front”, i.e. of the battle-array) Vin.iv.107 (where expld. in detail); Snp.623 (bala˚ strong in arms, with strong array i.e. of khanti which precedes; cp. Snp- …

anītiha →

pts

adjective not such and such, not based on hearsay (itiha), not guesswork or (mere) talk AN.ii.26; Thag.331 (cp. MN.i.520); Snp.1053 (= Cnd.49, Cnd.151); Ja.i.456; Ne.166 (cp. Iti.28).

an + ītīha, th …

apacināti →

pts

  1. [in meaning of Sk. apacīyate cp. P. upaciyyati Pass. of upacināti] to get rid of, do away with, (cp. apacaya), diminish, make less SN.iii.89 (opp. ācināti); Thag.807; Ja.iv.172 (apacineth’ eva kāmā …

apadesa →

pts

  1. reason, cause, argument MN.i.287 (an˚).
  2. statement, designation Pv-a.8.
  3. pretext Ja.iii.60; Ja.iv.13; Pv-a.154. Thus also apadesaka Ja.vi.179.

cp. Sk. apadeśa

apadāna →

pts

  1. removing, breaking off, DN.iii.88.
  2. [= Sk. avadāna cp. ovāda] advice, admonition, instruction, morals Vin.ii.4 (an˚ not taking advice), Vin.ii.7 (id.) MN.i.96; AN.v.337 sq. (saddhā˚) Thag.47.

aparādha →

pts

sin, fault, offence, guilt Ja.i.264 (nir˚); Ja.iii.394; Ja.iv.495; Vv-a.69; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.116.

fr. apa + rādh

aparādhika →

pts

adjective guilty, offending, criminal Ja.ii.117 (vāja˚); Mil.149 (issara˚), Mil.189 (aparādhikatā).

fr. aparādha, cp. Sk. aparādhin

aphegguka →

pts

adjective not weak, i.e. strong Ja.iii.318.

a + pheggu + ka

api →

pts

indeclinable both prep. & conj., orig meaning “close by”, then as prep. “towards, to, on to on” and as adv. “later, and, moreover”.

  1. (prep. pref.)
    1. prep. c. loc.: api ratte later on in the n …

apiḷahati →

pts

Apiḷahati & Apiḷandhati

to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (acc.) Ja.v.400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.)-Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha.

Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on …

apiḷandhati →

pts

Apiḷahati & Apiḷandhati

to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (acc.) Ja.v.400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.)-Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha.

Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on …

appaṭivāṇa →

pts

non-obstruction, not hindering not opposing or contradicting AN.i.50; AN.iii.41; AN.v.93 sq. adj. Ja.i.326.

a + paṭivāṇa, for ˚vrāṇa, the guṇa-form of vṛ; cp. Sk. prativāraṇa

apālamba →

pts

mechanism to stop a chariot, a safe guard “to prevent warriors from falling out”. SN.i.33 (Mrs Rh. D. trsl “leaning board”); Ja.vi.252 (variant reading upā˚; Kern trsl. “remhout”, i.e. brake).

“a Ved …

apāpaka →

pts

adjective guiltless, innocent f. -ikā Vv.31#4; Vv.32#6.

a + pāpaka

arakkheyya →

pts

adjective only in nt. “that which does not need to be guarded against”, what one does not need to heed, superfluous to beware of AN.iv.82 (cattāri Tathāgatassa a˚ āni).

3 arakkheyyāni are enumerated …

arakkhiya →

pts

adjective not to be guarded, viz.

  1. impossible to watch (said of women folk) Ja.ii.326 (a. nāma itthiyo); Ja.iii.90 (mātugāmo nāma a.)
  2. unnecessary to be guarded Vin.ii.194 (Tathāgatā).

a + rakk …

ari →

pts

an enemy
■ The word is used in exegesis & word expln, thus in etym. of arahant (see ref. under arahant v.); of bhūri Pts.ii.197
■ Otherwise in late language only, e.g. Sdhp.493 (˚bhūta) …

ariya →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (racial) Aryan DN.ii.87.
  2. (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth.
  3. (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, gene …

asagguṇa →

pts

bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (˚bhāvin, the a˚ belongs to the whole cpd.). Asankita & iya;

a + sagguṇa

asaṭha →

pts

adjective without guile, not fraudulent, honest DN.iii.47, DN.iii.55, DN.iii.237; Dhp-a.i.69.

a + saṭha

asnāti →

pts

to eat; imper asnātu Ja.v.376.

Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti

assa →

pts

Assa1

shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i.e. a bag containing provisions instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, …

assita →

pts

adjective dependent on, relying, supported by (acc.); abiding, living in or on DN.ii.255 (tad˚); Vv.50#16 (sīho va guhaṃ a.); Thag.149 (janaṃ ev’ assito jano); Sdhp.401.

Sk. aśrita, ā + pp. of śri

assāvin →

pts

adjective only in an˚; not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Snp.853 (sātiyesu a. sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita Snp-a.549) See also āsava.

ā + sru

atigacchati →

pts

to go over, i.e. to overcome, surmount, conquer, get the better of, only in pret. (aor. 3rd sg. accagā (q.v. and see gacchati 3) Snp.1040; Dhp.414 and accagamā (see *[ …

atipāta →

pts

attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder DN.i.4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DN-a.i.69 (= pāṇavadha …

atithi →

pts

guest, stranger, newcomer DN.i.117 (= āgantuka-navaka pāhuṇaka DN-a.i.288); AN.ii.68; AN.iii.45, AN.iii.260; Ja.iv.31, Ja.iv.274; Ja.v.388; Kp.viii.7 (n’ atthi assa ṭhiti yamhi vā tamhi vā divase āg …

ativāha →

pts

carrying, carrying over; a conveyance; one who conveys i.e. a conductor, guide Thag.616 (said of sīla, good character); Ja.v.433
■ Cp. ativāhika.

fr. ati + vah, cp. Sk. ativahati & abhivāha

ativāhika →

pts

one who belongs to a conveyance, one who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan Ja.v.471, Ja.v.472 (˚purisa).

fr. ativāha

attan →

pts

atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)

I. Inflection

  1. of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq:
    ■ acc. attānaṃ DN.i.13, DN.i.18 …

attha →

pts

Attha1

(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter

  1. interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-b …

avaguṇṭhana →

pts

adjective (-˚) covering Sdhp.314.

fr. oguṇṭheti

avekkhati →

pts

to look at, to consider, to see Iti.33 (variant reading ap˚); Dhp.28, Dhp.50, Ja.iv.6; Dhp-a.i.259 (= passati).

B.Sk. avīkṣate. The regular Pāli form however is apekkhati, to which the BSk. av˚ corresponds

avinibbhoga →

pts

adjective not to be distinguished, indistinct Ja.iii.428 (˚sadda).

a + vinibbhoga

avinibbhujaṃ →

pts

adjective unable to distinguish or to know Ja.v.121 (= atīrento C.).

ppr. of a + vinibbhujati

aya FIXME double →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

ayo →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

añjalikā →

pts

the raising of the hands as a sign of respectful salutation Vv.1#5 (explained at Vv-a.24 as dasanakha-samodhāna samujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi paggaṇhantī guṇa-visiṭṭhānaṃ apacayānaṃ akāsiṃ).

= añjali

añjati →

pts

Añjati1

See añja, añjaya, añjali, añjasa.

= Sk. ṛñjati, ṛjyati to stretch, pull along, draw out, erect; cp. Sk. ṛju straight, caus. irajyati; Gr. ὀρέγω Lat. rego, rectus = erect. See also …

añña →

pts

pronoun another etc

A. By itself

  1. other not the same, different, another, somebody else (opp oneself) Vin.iii.144 (aññena, scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Snp.459, Sn …

aññātaka →

pts

Aññātaka1

he who is not a kinsman Dhp-a.i.222.

a + ñātaka, cp. Sk. ajñāti

Aññātaka2

adjective unknown, unrecognisable, only in phrase -vesena in unknown form, in disguis …

aḍḍha →

pts

Aḍḍha1

(& addha) one half, half; usually in compn. (see below), like diyaḍḍha 1 1/2 (˚sata 150) Pv-a.155 (see as to meaning Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 107). Note. aḍḍha is nev …

aṅga →

pts

  1. (lit.) a constituent part of the body, a limb, member; also of objects: part, member (see cpd. ˚sambhāra); uttam˚aṅga the reproductive organ Ja.v.197; also as “head” at Thag-a.209. Usually in cp …

aṅgula →

pts

  1. a finger or toe MN.i.395 (vank’ angulaṇ karoti to bend the fingers, variant reading anguliṇ); AN.iii.6 (id.); Ja.v.70 (goṇ adj. with ox toes, expld. by C. as with toes like an ox’s tail; …

aṅguleyyaka →

pts

an ornament for the finger, a finger-ring Ja.ii.444 (= nikkha).

cp. Sk. angulīyaka that which belongs to the finger, Mhg. vingerlîn = ring; E. bracelet, Fr bras; thimble thumb etc.

aṅguli →

pts

Aṅgulī & Aṅguli

(thus always in compounds) feminine a finger AN.iv.127; Snp.610; Ja.iii.416 Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.215 (vaṭṭ˚ with rounded fingers); Mil.395; Dhp-a.ii.59; Dhp-a.iv.210; Snp-a.229.

  • *-[ …

aṅgulika →

pts

finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;

= angulī

aṅgulī →

pts

Aṅgulī & Aṅguli

(thus always in compounds) feminine a finger AN.iv.127; Snp.610; Ja.iii.416 Ja.iv.474; Ja.v.215 (vaṭṭ˚ with rounded fingers); Mil.395; Dhp-a.ii.59; Dhp-a.iv.210; Snp-a.229.

  • *-[ …

aṅguṭṭha →

pts

  1. the thumb Vin.iii.34; Mil.123; Pv-a.198.
  2. the great toe Ja.ii.92; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.43.
  • -pada thumb-mark AN.iv.127 = SN.iii.154.
  • -sineha love drawn from …

aṅguṭṭhaka →

pts

Err:501

aṅka →

pts

Aṅka1

= anga, sign, mark, brand Mil.79; -karana branding Ja.iv.366, Ja.iv.375. See also anketi.

Aṅka2

  1. a hook Ja.v.322 Ja.vi.218 (variant reading BB anga)
  2. the lap (i.e. …

aṅkusa →

pts

hook, a pole with a hook, used

  1. for plucking fruit off trees, a crook Ja.i.9 (˚pacchi hook & basket); Ja.v.89 = Ja.vi.520 (pacchikhanitti˚), Ja.vi.529 (= phalānaṃ gaṇhanatthaṃ ankusaṃ)
  2. to drive …

aṭavī →

pts

  1. forest, woods Ja.i.306; Ja.ii.117; Ja.iii.220; Dhp-a.i.13; Pv-a.277.
  2. inhabitant of the forest, man of the woods, wild tribe Ja.vi.55 (= aṭavicorā C.).
  • -rakkhika guardian of the forest Ja …

aṭṭa →

pts

Aṭṭa1

a platform to be used as a watchtower Vin.i.140; DN-a.i.209.

cp. see aṭṭaka

Aṭṭa2

lawsuit, case, cause Vin.iv.224; Ja.ii.2, Ja.ii.75; Ja.iv.129 (˚ṃ …

aṭṭha →

pts

Aṭṭha1

num. card, eight, decl. like pl. of adj. in-a A. The number in objective significance, based on natural phenomena: see compounds ˚angula, ˚nakha, ˚pada, ˚pāda B. The number in …

aṭṭiyati FIXME double →

pts

Aṭṭiyati & Aṭṭiyati

to be in trouble or anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually combd. with harāyati, e.g. DN.i.213 (+ jigucchati); SN.i.131; MN.i.423; P …

aṭṭiyati →

pts

Aṭṭiyati & Aṭṭiyati

to be in trouble or anxiety, to be worried, to be incommodated, usually combd. with harāyati, e.g. DN.i.213 (+ jigucchati); SN.i.131; MN.i.423; P …

babbhara →

pts

imitation of a confused rumbling noise MN.i.128
■ Cp. also P. mammana and sarasara.

onomat., cp. Sk. balbalā-karoti to stammer or stutter, barbara = Gr. βάρβαρος stuttering, …

bahiddhā →

pts

adverb outside (adv. & prep.) DN.i.16; DN.ii.110; SN.i.169; SN.iii.47, SN.iii.103 SN.iv.205; SN.v.157; Vin.iii.113 (˚rūpa opp. ajjhatta-rūpa Snp.203; Vb-a.260 (kāye); Dhp-a.i.211 (c. gen); Dhp-a.i …

bala →

pts

Bala1

neuter

  1. strength power, force DN.ii.73; AN.i.244; Thag.188; Dhp.109 (one of the 4 blessings, viz. āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, bala; cp Dhp-a.ii.239); Pv.i.5#12 (= kāya-bala Pv-a.30); Pv …

bali →

pts

  1. religious offering, oblation DN.ii.74 (dhammika); AN.iv.17, AN.iv.19; Snp.223; Mhvs.36, Mhvs.88 (particularly to subordinate divinities, cp. Mvu. translation 263) Dhp-a.ii.14 (variant reading ˚k …

bandhana →

pts

  1. binding, bond, fetter Vin.i.21; DN.i.226, DN.i.245 (pañca kāmaguṇā); DN.iii.176; MN.ii.44; SN.i.8, SN.i.24 (Māra˚), SN.i.35, SN.i.40, SN.iv.201 sq. (5 fold) to bind the king of the Devas or Asuras, …

beluva →

pts

Beluva & Beḷuva

  1. the Vilva tree Aegle marmelos MN.i.108; MN.ii.6; Ja.iv.363, Ja.iv.368; Ja.vi.525 Ja.vi.560.
  2. wood of the Vilva tree SN.i.22; DN.ii.264 Mhbv.31.

beḷuva →

pts

Beluva & Beḷuva

  1. the Vilva tree Aegle marmelos MN.i.108; MN.ii.6; Ja.iv.363, Ja.iv.368; Ja.vi.525 Ja.vi.560.
  2. wood of the Vilva tree SN.i.22; DN.ii.264 Mhbv.31.

bha →

pts

indeclinable the letter or sound (syllable) bh; figuring in Bdhgh’s exegesis of the N. Bhagavā as representing bhava, whereas ga stands for gamana, va for vanta Kp-a.109
■ …

bhadda →

pts

Bhaddaa & Bhadrab

adjective

  1. auspicious lucky, high, lofty, august, of good omen reverend (in address to people of esteem), good, happy fortunate DN.ii.95a; SN.i.1 …

bhaggava →

pts

potter (?) Ja.iii.381, Ja.iii.382 in voc. bhaggava (m.) & bhaggavī (f.). The terms are not explained in C., evidently because somewhat obscure. According to Kern,

Toevoegsele …

bhajati →

pts

to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2</su …

bhamati →

pts

to spin (of a wheel), to whirl about, to roam Dhp.371 (mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ); Ja.i.414; Ja.iii.206 Ja.iv.4 (cakkaṃ matthake); Ja.iv.6 (kumbha-kāra-cakkaṃ iva bh.); Ja.v.478
pp *[bhanta]( …

bhatta →

pts

feeding, food, nourishment, meal Dhp.185; Pp.28, Pp.55; Ja.ii.15; Ja.v.170 (bhatta-manuñña-rūpaṃ for bhattaṃ-); Vism.66 (where 14 kinds enumerated, i.e. sangha˚ uddesa˚ etc.); Sdhp.118
■ ucchiṭṭh …

bhattika →

pts

adjective (-˚) in dhuva˚; being in constant supply of food, being a regular attendant (servant) or adviser Vin.ii.15. Also at Thag-a.267 in meaning “being a servant, working for food” in expl

bhava →

pts

“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless exist …

bhaṇḍa →

pts

  1. stock in trade; collectively goods, wares, property, possessions, also “object” SN.i.43 (itthi bhaṇḍānaṃ uttamaṃ woman is the highest property), Cnd.38; Ja.iii.353 (yācita˚ object asked = yāca); Th …

bheri →

pts

kettle-drum (of large size; Dhs-a.319 distinguishes 2 kinds: mahā˚ & paṭaha˚ DN.i.79; AN.ii.185; Vv.81#10; Ja.vi.465; Dhp-a.i.396; Sdhp.429
issara˚; the drum of the ruler or lord Ja.i.283 *pa …

bhesma →

pts

adjective terrible, awful Vin.ii.203 = Iti.86 (“bhesmā hi udadhī mahā,” so read for Vin. bhasmā with variant reading bhesmā, and for It tasmā, with variant reading BB bhesmā, misunderstood by ed …

bheṇḍi →

pts

kind of missile used as a weapon arrow Vin.iii.77 (where enumerated with asi, satti & laguḷa in expln of upanikkhipana).

perhaps identical with & only wrong spelling; for bheṇḍu = kaṇḍu2

bhikkhu →

pts

an almsman, a mendicant, a Buddhist monk or priest, a bhikkhu.
■ nom. sg. bhikkhu freq. passim; Vin.iii.40 (vuḍḍhapabbajita); AN.i.78 (thera bh., an elder bh.; and nava bh. …

bhiyyo →

pts

(Bhīyo, Bhīyyo)

  1. (adj.) more Snp.61 (dukkham ettha bhiyyo), Snp.584 (id.), Snp.306 (bh. taṇhā pavaḍḍhatha); Dhp.313 (bh. rajan ākirate), Dhp.349 (bh. taṇhā pavaḍḍhati).
  2. (adv.) in a higher degree …

bhoga →

pts

Bhoga1

  1. enjoyment AN.iv.392 (kāmaguṇesu bh.).
  2. possession, wealth DN.iii.77; Snp.301, Snp.421; Dhp.139, Dhp.355; Pp.30, Pp.57; Sdhp.86, Sdhp.228 Sdhp.264
    appa˚ little or no pos …

bhojana →

pts

food, meal, nourishment in general Ja.ii.218; Ja.iv.103, Ja.iv.173; Ja.i.178; Ja.iv.223; Snp.102 Snp.128, Snp.242, Snp.366, Snp.667; Dhp.7, Dhp.70; Pp.21, Pp.55; Mil.370 Vism.69, Vism.106; Sdhp.52, Sd …

bhojaneyya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhojaniya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhojanīya →

pts

Bhojaniya, Bhojanīya, Bhojaneyya

what may be eaten, eatable food; fit or proper to eat
bhojaniya: food Vin.iv.92 (five foods: odana rice, kummāsa gruel, sattu meal flour, …

bhojja →

pts

adjective to be eaten, eatable; khajja˚; what can be chewed & eaten DN-a.i.85. -yāgu “eatable rice-gruel,” i.e. soft gruel, prepared in a certain way Vin.i.223, Vin.i.224.

grd. of bhuñjati

bhuja →

pts

Bhuja1

masculine & neuter the arm Snp.48 (explained by Cnd.478 as hattha, hand); Snp.682 (pl. bhujāni); Ja.v.91, Ja.v.309; Ja.vi.64 Bv.i.36; Vv.64#18.

cp. Epic & Class. Sk. bhuja m. & bhu …

bhujissa →

pts

  1. (n. m.) a freed slave freeman; a servant as distinguished from a slave Vin.i.93; Ja.ii.313; Pv-a.112
    bhujissaṃ karoti to grant freedom to a slave Ja.v.313; Ja.vi.389, Ja.vi.546; Dhp-a.i. …

bhuyya →

pts

the regular P. representative of Sk. bhūyas (compar.); for which usually bhiyya (q.v.). Only in cpd. yebhuyyena (q.v.).

bhāgyavant →

pts

adjective having good luck, auspicious fortunate, in def. of term “Bhagavā” at DN-a.i.34 = Vism.210; also at Vv-a.231, where the abstr. bhāgyavantatā is formed as expln of the term *bhā …

bhāra →

pts

  1. anything to carry, a load Vin.iii.278 (Bdhgh; dāru˚ a load of wood) bhāraṃ vahati to carry a load AN.i.84; Vv-a.23
    garu˚ a heavy load, as “adj.” “carrying a heavy load” Ja.v.439 (of a w …

bhāsā →

pts

speech, language, esp. vernacular, dialect Ja.iv.279 (manussa˚ human speech), Ja.iv.392 (caṇḍāla˚); Kp-a.101 (saka-saka˚-anurūpa); Snp-a.397 (Milakkha˚); DN-a.i.176 (Kirātā-Yavanâdi-Millakkhāna …

bhāveti →

pts

to beget, produce, increase, cultivate, develop (by means of thought meditation), The Buddhist equivalent for mind-work as creative in idea, MN.i.293; cp. B.Psy p. 132
■ DN.ii.79; MN.ii.11 (cattā …

bhāyati →

pts

to be afraid.
pres ind 1st sg. bhāyāmi Thag.21; Snp.p.48; 2nd sg. bhāyasi Thig.248; 1st pl. bhāyāma Ja.ii.21; 3rd pl. bhāyanto Dhp.129;
imper 2< …

bhāṇaka →

pts

Bhāṇaka1

adjective noun speaking; (n.) a reciter, repeater, preacher (of sections of the Scriptures), like Aṅguttara˚; Vism.74 sq.; Dīgha˚; DN-a.i.15, DN-a.i.131; Ja.i.59 Vism.36, Vi …

bhūmi →

pts

  1. (lit.) ground, soil, earth Vin.ii.175; Snp.418 (yāna carriage road); Pv.i.10#14≈; Snp-a.353 (heṭṭhā-bhūmiyaṃ under the earth); Dhp-a.i.414 (id., opp. upari-bhūmiyaṃ)
  2. place, quarter, district …

bhūta →

pts

grown, become; born, produced; nature as the result of becoming. The (exegetical) definition by Bdhgh of the word bhūta is interesting. He (at MN-a.i.31) distinguishes the foll. 7 …

bila →

pts

Bila1

neuter a hole, den, cave AN.ii.33 = SN.iii.85; Thag.189 Mnd.362; Ja.i.480; Ja.ii.53; Ja.vi.574 (= guhā C.); Mil.151 Sdhp.23
kaṇṇa˚; orifice of the ear Vism.195; vammīka˚; ant …

bodhi →

pts

Bodhi1

feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …

bojjhaṅga →

pts

factor or constituent of knowledge or wisdom. There are 7 bojjhangas usually referred to or understood from the context. There are enumerated at several places, e.g. at DN.iii.106, where they are ment …

brāhmaṇa →

pts

Brāhmaṇa1

a member of the Brahman caste; a Br teacher. In the Buddhist terminology also used for a man leading a pure, sinless & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant
■ On brāhmaṇas …

buddha →

pts

Buddha1

adjective

  1. understood SN.i.35 = SN.i.60 (su-dub-buddha very difficult to understand)
  2. having attained enlightenment, wise AN.iv.449; Pv-a.16 (buddh’ ādayo), Pv-a.60 (= ari …

buddhaka →

pts

(-˚) adjective in cpd. dvangula-buddhikā (f.) possessing insight as much as 2 finger-breadths Vv-a.96
■ The ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.

fr. buddha

bībhaccha →

pts

adjective disgusting, awful, horrible, dreadful Ja.ii.276; Ja.iv.71 (˚vaṇṇa), Sdhp.603. -dassana a disgusting sight, horrible to behold Ja.i.171; Pv-a.32, Pv-a.56 Pv-a.68, Pv-a.99 (: all with r …

bīja →

pts

  1. seed, germ, semen, spawn. Used very frequently in figurative sense: see on similes J.P.T.S. 1907, 116
    ■ DN.i.135 (˚bhatta seed-corn food); DN.iii.44 (the five kinds: see below under ˚gāma) …

ca →

pts

(indef. enclitic particle)

  1. Indefinite (after demonstr. pron. in the sense of kiṃ = what about? or how is it? cp. kiṃ) = ever, whoever what-ever, etc. [Sk. kaśca, Gr. ὁς τε, Lat: quisque Goth. h …

caccara →

pts

quadrangular place, a square, courtyard; a place where four roads meet, a cross road Vin.iii.151; Vin.iv.271; Mil.1 (+ catukkasinghāṭaka), Mil.330 (do.); Ja.i.425 (˚raccha).

Sk. catvara, cp. Trenckn …

cakka →

pts

I. Crude meaning

  1. a wheel (of a carriage) Dhp.1; Pv-a.65 (ratha˚); Mil.27.
  2. a discus used as a missile weapon Ja.i.74; Pgdp.36; cp khura˚ a razor as an instr. of torture.
  3. a disc, a …

cakkhu →

pts

the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)

I. The eye as organ of sense

  1. psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …

camma →

pts

  1. skin, hide, leather Vin.i.192 (sīha˚ vyaggha˚ dīpi˚), Vin.i.196 (elaka˚ aja˚ miga˚) AN.iv.393 (sīha˚ dīpi˚); Pv-a.157 (kadalimiga˚ as rug) Ja.ii.110 (sīha˚); Ja.iii.82, Ja.iii.184; Mil.53; Sdhp.14 …

campā →

pts

Name of a town (Bhagulpore) & a river DN.i.111; DN-a.i.279; Ja.iv.454.

candana →

pts

sandal (tree wood or unguent, also perfume) Vin.i.203; AN.i.9, AN.i.145 AN.i.226; AN.iii.237; Dhp.54; Ja.v.420 (tree, m.); Mil.382; Dhp-a.i.422; Dhp-a.iv.189 (˚pūjā); Vv-a.158 (agalu˚ with aloe & s …

catur →

pts

base of numeral four

  1. As num. adj. nom. & acc. m cattāro (Dhp.109; Ja.iii.51) and caturo (Snp.84, Snp.188), f. catasso (Snp.1122), nt. cattāri (Snp.227); gen. m. catunnaṃ (Snp.p.102), (f. catassa …

catuttha →

pts

ordinal number the fourth Snp.97 Snp.99, Snp.450; Ja.iii.55; Ja.vi.367; ˚ṃ (adv.) for the fourth time Dhp-a.iii.174
■ f. catutthī Snp.436; Vism.338
■ See also (s.v. Aḍḍha) aḍḍhuḍḍha.

  • *-[bha …

caṅgavāra →

pts

hollow vessel, a bowl, cask MN.i.142; Ja.v.186 (in similes). As -ka Mil.365 (trsl. Mil.ii.278 by “straining cloth”). Cp. cañcu “a box” Divy.131.

cp. Tamil canguvaḍa a dhoney, Anglo-Ind. ḍoni, a c …

caṇḍāla →

pts

Caṇḍāla1

a man of a certain low tribe, one of the low classes, an outcaste; grouped with others under nīcā kulā (low born clans) as caṇḍālā nesādā veṇā rathakārā pukkusā at AN.i.107 = AN.i …

cetanā →

pts

state of ceto in action, thinking as active thought, intention, purpose, will Defined as action (kamma: AN.iii.415; cp. Kvu.viii.9 § 38 untraced quotation; cp. AN.v.292). Often comb …

ceteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

cha →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

chanda →

pts

  1. impulse, excitement; intention, resolution, will desire for, wish for, delight in (c. loc.). Explained at Vism.466 as “kattu-kāmatāy” adhivacanaṃ; by Dhtp.587 & Dhtm.821 as; chand = icchāyaṃ …

chava →

pts

  1. a corpse Vin.ii.115 (˚sīsassa patta a bowl made out of a skull) See compounds
  2. (adj.) vile, low, miserable, wretched Vin.ii.112, Vin.ii.188; SN.i.66; MN.i.374; AN.ii.57; Ja.iv.263.
  • *-[aṭṭhika …

chavi →

pts

the (outer thin) skin, tegument SN.ii.256; AN.iv.129; Snp.194; Ja.ii.92 Distinguished from camma, the hide (under-skin corium) SN.ii.238 (see camma); also in combination ch-cammam …

chaḷ →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

chindati →

pts

to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …

cinteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

citta →

pts

Citta1 & Citra

adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā …

ciṅgulaka →

pts

(& ˚ika) masculine neuter

  1. a kind of plant Snp.239 (= kaṇavīra-pupphasaṇṭhāna-sīsa Snp-a.283).
  2. a toy windmill, made of palm-leaves, etc. (DN-a.i.86: tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribb …

ciṅgulāyati →

pts

to twirl round, to revolve like a windmill AN.i.112.

Denom. fr. cingula

culla →

pts

Culla & cūḷa

adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …

cārin →

pts

(only-˚) adjective walking, living, experiencing; behaving, acting, practising.

  1. lit. asanga˚ SN.i.199 akāla˚ Snp.386; ambu˚ Snp.62; vihangapatha˚ Sdhp.241; sapadāna˚ MN.i.30; Snp.65; pariyanta˚ S …

cāru →

pts

adjective charming, desirable pleasant, beautiful Ja.vi.481; Mil.201; Sdhp.428, Sdhp.512; Vv-a.36 (= vaggu), sucāru SN.i.181; Pv.ii.12#12 (= suṭṭhumanorama).

cīvara →

pts

the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, *[senāsana](/define/senās …

cūḷa →

pts

Culla & cūḷa

adjective small, minor (opp mahā great, major), often in conn. with names & titles of books, e.g. c˚ Anāthapiṇḍika = A jr. Ja.ii.287, cp Anglo-Indian chota sahīb the younger gentleman ( …

cūḷanikā →

pts

only in phrase sahassi cūḷanikā lokadhātu “the system of the 1,000 lesser worlds” (distinguished from the dvi-sahassī majjhimakā & the ti-sahassī mahāsahassi lokadhātu) AN.i.227; Cnd.235, Cnd.2#b. …

dakkhiṇā →

pts

gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, exp …

dala →

pts

blade, leaf, petal (usually -˚); akkhi-d eyelid Thag-a.259; DN-a.i.194; Dhs-a.378; uppala˚ Dhs-a.311; kamala˚ (lotus-petal) Vv-a.35, Vv-a.38; muttā˚ (? DN-a.i.252; ratta-pavāḷa˚ Ja.i.75.

S …

danta →

pts

Danta1

a tooth, a tusk, fang, esp. an elephant’s tusk; ivory Vin.ii.117 (nāga-d. a pin of ivory); Kp ii. (as one of the taca-pañcaka, or 5 dermatic constituents of the body, viz. kesā, l …

dasa →

pts

Dasa1

the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).

I. *M …

dassati →

pts

*Dassati1

to see, to perceive.

  1. (pres.) base dakkh [Sk. drakṣ]: pres.
    1. dakkhati Cnd.428 (= passati), 1st dakkhāmi ibid. (= passāmi) second dakkhasi SN.i.11 …

dassetar →

pts

one who shows or points out, a guide, instructor, teacher AN.i.62 AN.i.132 = Iti.110.

Sk. darśayitṛ, n. agent to dasseti

dassu →

pts

enemy, foe; robber, in dassukhīla robber-plague DN.i.135, DN.i.136 (= corakhīla DN-a.i.296).

Sk. dasyu, cp. dāsa

dassāvitā →

pts

seeing, sight (-˚) Mil.140 (guṇavisesa˚).

abstr. to dassāvin

daṇḍa →

pts

ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also …

deha →

pts

body AN.ii.18; Pv-a.10 Pv-a.122. Usually in foll. phrases: hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ SN.i.60; Pv.ii.9#56; pahāya m. d. SN.i.27, SN.i.30; jahati d MN.ii.73; ˚ṃ nikkhipati Pv.ii.6#15; (muni or khīṇāsavo a …

desetar →

pts

one who instructs or points out; a guide, instructor, teacher MN.i.221, MN.i.249; AN.i.266 AN.iii.441; AN.v.349.

n. ag. to deseti

deva →

pts

god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) …

dhamma →

pts

Dhamma1

masculine & rarely neuter constitution etc.

A. Definitions by Commentators

Bdhgh gives a fourfold meaning of the word dhamma (at DN-a.i.99; Dhp-a.i.22), viz. 1 guṇe ( …

dhammatā →

pts

conformity to the Dhammaniyāma (see niyāma), fitness, propriety; a general rule higher law, cosmic law, general practice, regular phenomenon usual habit; often used in the sense of …

dhañña →

pts

Dhañña1

neuter grain, corn. The usual enumn comprises 7 sorts of grain, which is however not strictly confined to grain-fruit proper (“corn”) but includes, like other enum

dhaṃsin →

pts

adjective noun obtrusive, bold, offensive MN.i.236; AN.ii.182; Dhp.244 (= Dhp-a.iii.353 paresaṃ guṇaṃ dhaṃsanatāya dh.).

Sk. dharṣin to dhṛṣṇoti, see dhaṃseti

dhi →

pts

Dhi1 & Dhī

indeclinable an excln of reproach & disgust: fie! shame! woe! (with acc. or gen.) SN.v.217 (read dhī taṃ for dhītaṃ); Dhp.389 (dhī = garahāmi Dhp-a.iv.148); Ja.i.507 …

dhutta →

pts

of abandoned life, wild, fast, cunning, crafty, fraudulent; wicked, bad. (m.) a rogue, cheat, evil-minded person, scoundrel, rascal. There are three sorts of a wild life, viz. akkha˚ in gambling, * …

dhuva →

pts

adjective stable, constant, permanent; fixed, regular certain, sure DN.i.18; SN.i.142; SN.iv.370; AN.ii.33; Ja.i.19 Ja.v.121 (˚sassataṃ maraṇaṃ); Ja.iii.325; Bv.ii.82; Mil.114 (na tā nadiyo dh-salilā …

dhārā →

pts

Dhārā1

feminine torrent, stream, flow, shower DN.i.74 (sammā˚ an even or seasonable shower; DN-a.i.218 = vuṭṭhi); DN.ii.15 (udakassa, streams) Ja.i.31; Pts.i.125 (udaka˚); Pv.ii.9#70 (sam …

dibba →

pts

adjective of the next world, divine, heavenly, celestial, superb magnificent, fit for exalted beings higher than man (devas, heroes, manes etc.), superhuman, opp. mānusaka human. Freq. qualifying the …

digucchā →

pts

disgust Dhs-a.210 (asuci˚).

= jigucchā; Sk. jugupsā

dirasaññu →

pts

adjective one who has little common-sense Ja.vi.206, Ja.vi.207 Ja.vi.213, Ja.vi.214. Com. explains wrongly on p. Ja.vi.209 with “one who possesses two tongues” (of Agni), but has equivalent nippañña …

diṭṭhi →

pts

view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion

  1. The latter is rejected by the Buddha as pāpa˚; (AN.iv.172) and pāpikā d. (opp bhaddikā: AN.v.212 sq …

diṭṭhika →

pts

adjective (-˚) seeing, one who regards; one who has a view MN.iii.24 (āgamana˚ one who views the arrival i.e. of guests); SN.ii.168 sq. (sammā˚ & micchā˚ hoḷding right & wrong theories); DN.iii.96 (v …

donī →

pts

Donī1

feminine

  1. a (wooden) trough, a vat, tub SN.ii.259; AN.i.253; AN.v.323; Ja.i.450; Mil.56-tela˚ an oil vat AN.iii.58 (āyasā made of iron & used as a sarcophagus).
  2. a trough-shap …

dukkha →

pts

…antagū ‘si pāragū d˚assa Snp.539
■ sang’ ātiko maccujaho nirūpadhi pahāya d˚ṃ apunabbhavāya SN.iv.158;…

dussanā →

pts

Dussana (nt.) defilement, guilt AN.ii.225; Pp.18, Pp.22; Dhs.418, Dhs.1060; DN-a.i.195 (rajjana-d. muyhana).

Sk. dūṣana, cp. dussati

dutiya →

pts

ordinal number

  1. (num.) the second, the following Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.110 dutiyaṃ for the second time (cp. tatiyaṃ in series 1, 2 3) Vin.ii.188; DN.ii.155
  2. (adj. n.) one who follows or is associated …

duṭṭha →

pts

adjective noun spoilt, corrupt; bad, malignant, wicked Vin.iii.118; SN.ii.259 SN.ii.262; SN.iv.339; AN.i.124 (˚âruka), AN.i.127 (id.), AN.i.157 sq.; Iti.68 (saro d., perhaps should be read as diddho); …

dvi →

pts

number two.

A. Meanings

I. Two as unit

  1. with objective foundation:
    1. denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …

dvāra →

pts

  1. lit. an outer door, a gate, entrance Vin.i.15; SN.i.58 SN.i.138, SN.i.211; Ja.i.346; Ja.ii.63; Ja.vi.330; Vb.71 sq.; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.67 (village gate), Pv-a.79; Sdhp.54, Sdhp.356
    ■ That d. can …

dāna →

pts

  1. giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …

dīgha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) long DN.i.17; MN.i.429; SN.i.104 (˚ṃ addhānaṃ); Snp.146, Snp.633 (opp. rassa); Dhp.60 Dhp.409; Pv.i.10#11 (˚ṃ antaraṃ all the time); Pv.ii.9#55 (id.) Thag.646 (˚m-antare); D …

ehi →

pts

come, come here Snp.165; Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.367); Dhp-a.i.49. In the later language part. of exhortation = Gr. α ̓́γε, Lat. age, “come on” Dhp-a.ii.91; Pv-a.201 (+ tāva = α ̓́γεδή). *[ehipassika](/d …

eka →

pts

adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)

  1. “one” as number, either with or without contrast to two or more; often al …

ekaccika →

pts

adjective single, not doubled (of cloth, opp. to diguṇa) Ja.v.216 (˚vasana = eka-paṭṭa-nivattha).

fr. ekacca

ekodi →

pts

adjective concentrated attentive, fixed AN.iii.354; Mnd.478. Usually in compn. with kṛ & bhū (which points however to a form ekoda with the regular change of a to i in connection with the …

eraka →

pts

Eraka1

adjective driving away, moving Ja.iv.20 (˚vāta); -vattika a certain kind of torture MN.i.87 = AN.i.47 = AN.ii.122 = Cnd.604 = Mil.197.

fr. ereti

Eraka2

neuter Typha …

etad →

pts

adj. demonstr. pron. “this”, with on the whole the same meaning and function as tad only more definite and emphatic. Declined like tad.

Cases

■ nt. sg. etad (poetical- …

ga →

pts

˚Ga

adj., only as ending: going. See e.g. atiga, anuga, antalikkha˚, ura˚, pāra˚, majjha˚, samīpa˚ hattha˚. It also appears as ˚gu, e.g. in addha˚, anta˚ paṭṭha˚, pāra˚, veda˚
■ dugga (m. & nt.) …

gabbha →

pts

  1. interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
    ■ Ja.i.90 …

gaccha →

pts

shrub, a bush, usually together with latā, creeper; rukkha, tree, e.g. Cnd.235, id; Ja.i.73; Mil.268; Vism.182 (described on p. Vism.183). With dāya, w …

gacchati →

pts

…agū (= Sk. ˚uḥ), in ajjhagū, anvagū (q.v.)

Meanings and Use

  1. to go, to be in motion, to move, to go on (opp. to stand still,…

gaggara →

pts

  1. roaring, only in f. gaggarī a blacksmith’s bellows: kammāra˚, in simile MN.i.243 SN.i.106; Vism.287.
  2. (nt.) cackling, cawing, in haṃsa˚; the sound of geese Ja.v.96 (expl. b …

gaggarāyati →

pts

to whirl, roar, bellow, of the waves of the Gangā Mil.3
■ cp. gaḷagaḷāyati.

v. den. fr. prec.; cp. gurgulio: gurges, E. gargle & gurgle

gahapati →

pts

the possessor of a house, the head of the household pater familias (freq. + seṭṭhi).

  1. In formulas
    1. as regards social standing, wealth & clanship: a man of private (i.e. not official) life, cl …

gala →

pts

the throat Ja.i.216, Ja.i.264 Ja.iii.26; Ja.iv.494; Ja.i.194 (a dewlap); Pv-a.11, Pv-a.104.

  • -agga the top of the throat Sdhp.379;
  • -ajjhoharaniya able to be swallowed (of s …

gambhīra →

pts

…saddhamma g. Sdhp.530; g. gūḷha nipuṇa Nd.342; lokanātho nipuṇo g. Pv-a.1; also w. nipuṇa Ja.vi.355; Mil.234; Bdhd. 118, 137

2….

gandha →

pts

smell, viz.

  1. odour, smell, scent in gen Ja.iii.189; Dhp.54–Dhp.56 = Mil.333; Dhs.605 under ghānâyatanāni); āma˚ smell of raw flesh AN.i.280; DN.ii.242; Snp.241 sq; maccha˚ the scent of fish Ja.iii. …

gandhin →

pts

…of sandal wood Ja.iii.190; gūtha of˚ faeces Pv.ii.3#15 (= karīsavāyinī Pv-a). 2. dealing with scents a perfumer Pv-a.127 (= māgadha; cp….

garahaka →

pts

adjective finding fault with, rebuking; in paṭhavī˚ āpa˚, etc., combined w. paṭhavī-jigucchaka, etc. (disgusted w. the great elements) MN.i.327.

garahati →

pts

to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, gr …

garu →

pts

  1. adj.
    1. lit. heavy, opp. lahu light, applied to bhāra, a load SN.iii.26; Ja.i.196 (= bhārika); Ja.vi.420; Dhp-a.i.48; Sdhp.494 (rūpagarubhāra the heavy load of “form”). Compa …

garuka →

pts

somewhat heavy.

  1. lit. Ja.i.134 (of the womb in pregnancy); Dhp.310; Mil.102. Usually coupled & contrasted with; lahuka, light: in def. of sense of touch Dhs.648; similarly w. si …

gathita →

pts

adjective tied, bound, fettered; enslaved, bound to greedy for, intoxicated with (c. loc.). When abs. always in combination w. paribhuñjati and w. ref. to some object of desire (bhoga, lābha, kāmaguṇe …

gati →

pts

  1. going, going away, (opp. āgati coming) (both gati & āgati usually in pregnant sense of No. (2) See āgati); direction, course, career. Freq of the two careers of a Mahāpurisa (viz. either a Cakkavat …

gavesaka →

pts

˚Gavesaka

adjective from next looking for, seeking Ja.i.176 (kāraṇa˚); Ja.ii.3 (aguṇa˚).

gaṇḍa →

pts

…(cp. Bdhgh. gaṇḍuppādagūtha-mattikā clay mixed with excrement of earthworms Vin. Texts iii.172).

gedha →

pts

Gedha1

greed. Its connection with craving and worldly attachment is often referred to. Kāmesu g˚ SN.i.73; Snp.152; AN.iii.312 sq. (gedho pañcann’ etaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ). gedhataṇhā …

ghamma →

pts

heat; hot season, summer. Either in loc. ghamme Ja.iv.172 (= gimha-kāle); Pv.iv.5#3 ghammani (“in summer” or “by the heat”) SN.i.143; Ja.iii.360 (sampareta overcome by heat); Snp.353; Ja.iv.239; Ja.v …

ghana →

pts

Ghana1

  1. (adj.) solid, compact, massive; dense, thick; in eka˚ of one solid mass (of sela, rock) Vin.i.185 = Dhp.81 = Thag.643; Mil.386; AN.iii.378, cp. ghanasela-pabbata Dhp-a.i.74-gh. …

ghosaka →

pts

adjective sounding, proclaiming, shouting out (-˚), in dhamma˚ praising the Law Ja.ii.286; Satthu guṇa sounding the praise of the Master Dhp-a.iii.114. As n Name of a deva (Gh. devaputta) Dhp-a.i.173.

gihin →

pts

adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds *gihī …

gilati →

pts

to swallow to devour: mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116; mā gilī lohagulaṃ Dhp.371
■ Ja.iii.338; Mil.106
pp gilita: gilitabaḷisa having swallowed the hook SN.iv …

gini →

pts

(poet.) fire AN.iii.347 (mahāgini); Snp.18 Snp.19 (āhito → nibbuto: made → extinguished); Ja.iv.26. Note. The occurrence of two phonetic representatives of one Vedic form (one by diaeresis & one by …

giri →

pts

mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).

  • -agga mountain top, in giraggasamajja Name of a festival c …

girā →

pts

…giraṃ) Ja.ii.134.

Vedic gir & gēr, song; gṛṇāti to praise, announce gūrti praise = Lat. grates “grace”; to *ger or…

go →

pts

, f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also *gava*˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i. …

godhā →

pts

Godhā1

feminine iguana, a large kind of lizard Vin.i.215–Vin.i.16 (˚mukha); DN.i.9≈(˚lakkhaṇa, cp. DN-a.i.94); Ja.ii.118; Ja.iii.52; Ja.iii.538; Dhp-a.iii.420. As godha (m.) at Ja.v.489. …

golomika →

pts

adjective like a cluster; in phrase massuṃ golomikaṃ kārāpeti “to have the beard trimmed into a ball-or cluster-shape Vin.ii.134. Bdhgh’s expln “like a goat’s beard” (cp Vin. Texts ii …

gopaka →

pts

guardian, watchman DN-a.i.148; cp. khetta˚.

gopanā →

pts

protecting, protection, care, watchfulness (cp. gutti) Pp.24 (+ gutti) Dhs.1347; Mil.8, Mil.243.

gopeti →

pts

to watch, guard, pot. gopetha Dhp.315
pp gopita (q.v.).

Sk. gopayati, gup; cp. gutta, gottā

gopita →

pts

adjective protected, guarded, watched (lit. & fig.) Ja.vi.367; Mil.345; Snp-a.116 (˚indriya guttindriya); Sdhp.398.

pp. of gopeti

gopphaka →

pts

the ankle Vin.iv.112; AN.iv.102; Ja.v.472; Dhp-a.ii.80, Dhp-a.ii.214; Snp-a.ii.230.

Dem. of goppha = Sk. gulpha

gotrabhū →

pts

“become of the lineage”; a technical term used from the end of the Nikāya period to designate one, whether layman or bhikkhu, who, as converted, was no longer of the worldlings (puthujjanā), but of th …

gotta →

pts

ancestry, lineage. There is no word in English for gotta. It includes all those descended, or supposed to be descended, from a common ancestor. A gotta name is al …

goṇaka →

pts

Goṇaka1

a kind of ox, a wild bull Ja.vi.538 (arañña˚).

goṇa1

Goṇaka2

a woollen cover with long fleece (DN-a.i.86: dīghalomako mahākojavo; caturangulādhikāni kir …

gucch →

pts

Gucch˚

in jigucchati (Des. of gup = Sk. jugupsate) to detest, see s. v.

guggula →

pts

kind of perfume Ja.vi.537.

?

guhanā →

pts

to gūhati) hiding, concealing, keeping secret Vb.358 (+ pariguhanā). Also as gūhanā, q.v.

guhā →

pts

…(id.); Dhp.37 (cittaṃ see Dhp-a.i.304).

Vedic guhā, guh, gūhati to hide (q.v.) Dhtp.337: saṃvaraṇa

gumba →

pts

  1. a troop, a heap, cluster, swarm. Of soldiers Vin.i.345; of fish (maccha˚) DN.i.84 = MN.i.279 = MN.ii.22; AN.i.9.
  2. a thicket, a bush, jungle; the lair of an animal in a thicket (sayana˚ Ja.iv.256) …

gumbiya →

pts

adjective one of the troop (of soldiers) Vin.i.345.

fr. gumba

gumpha →

pts

see ogumpheti.

guru →

pts

adjective noun venerable, reverend, a teacher Vv-a.229, Vv-a.230 (˚dakkhiṇā a teacher’s fee); Pv-a.3 (˚janā venerable persons) Sdhp.227 (˚ûpadesa), Sdhp.417.

a younger form of garu (q.v.); Sk. guru

gutta →

pts

  1. as pp. guarded, protected
    1. lit nagaraṃ guttaṃ a well-guarded city Dhp.315 = Thag.653 Thag.1005; Devinda˚ protected by the Lord of gods Vv.30#8-
    2. fig. (med.) guarded, watchful, constrain …

gutti →

pts

protection, defence, guard; watchfulness

  1. lit. of a city AN.iv.106 sq
  2. fig. of the senses in indriyānaṃ gutti Dhp.375; Pp.24 (+ gopanā) Dhs.1348; Sdhp.341 (agutti); Vin.iv.305; AN.ii.72 (atta˚) …

guttika →

pts

guardian, one who keeps watch over, in nagara˚; the town-watchman, the chief-constable Pv-a.4; Mil.345.

fr. last

guyha →

pts

  1. adj. to be hidden, hidden in ˚bhaṇḍaka the hidden part (of the body Dhp-a.iv.197.
  2. (nt.) that which is hidden; lit. in vattha˚; hidden by the dress, i.e. the pudendum DN.i.106; Snp.1022, etc. …

guñjā →

pts

plant (Abrus precatorius); the redness of its berries is referred to in similes; Dhp-a.iv.133 (˚vaṇṇāni akkhīni). See also jiñjuka.

guḷa →

pts

Guḷa1

to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandula …

guḷika →

pts

adjective like a chain, or having a chain, (nt. & f.) a cluster, a chain in maṇi a string of jewels, a pearl necklace Ja.iii.184 (variant reading BB for ˚guḷa); Ja.iv.256; Vism.285 (+ muttā-guḷikā). …

guḷikā →

pts

little ball SN.v.462 (satta-kolaṭṭhi-mattiyo guḷikā, pl.) Thig.498 (kolaṭṭhimatta g˚ balls of the size of a jujube) cp. Thag-a.289.

to guḷa1; cp. Sk. guṭikā pill, guṇikā tumour

guḷā →

pts

swelling, pimple, pustule, blight, in cpd. guḷā-guṇṭhika-jāta DN.ii.55, which is also to be read at AN.ii.211 (in spite of Morris, prelim. remarks to AN.ii.4 whose trsln. is otherwise correct) = g …

guṇa →

pts

Guṇa1

  1. a string, a cord-
    1. of a robe, etc., in (kāya-bandhanaṃ) saguṇaṃ katvā to make tight by tying with a knot Vin.i.46 (Vin. Texts: “laying the garments on top of each other,” …

guṇaka →

pts

adjective having a knot at the end, thickened at the top (with ref. to kāyabandha, see guṇa 1a) Vin.ii.136, cp. Vin. Texts ii.143.

to guḷa1, cp. guḷika?

guṇavant →

pts

adjective possessed of good qualities, virtuous Pv.ii.9#71 (= jhān’ ādiguṇa-yutta); Pv-a.62 (mahā˚).

to guṇa1

guṇi →

pts

kind of armour Ja.vi.449 (g. vuccate kavacaṃ C.); see Kern,

Toevoegselen

p. 132.

of adj. guṇin, having guṇas or guḷas, i.e. strings or knots

guṇḍika →

pts

guṇṭheti →

pts

to cover to veil, to hide; pp. guṇṭhita in paṃsu˚ covered with dust Pv.ii.3#5 (in Hardy’s conjecture for kuṇṭhita, q.v.) Also in cpd. paliguṇṭhita obstr …

guṇṭhika →

pts

(in meaning = guṇṭhita) one who is covered with or wrapped up in, only in ahi˚; a snake-trainer (like a Laocoon). See details under ahi or Ja.ii.267; Ja.iii.348 (text ˚guṇḍika); Ja.iv.308 (ahi-kuṇ …

guṇṭhima →

pts

covered over (?), see *pāli*˚.

gāma →

pts

collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo c …

gāvuta →

pts

linear measure, a quarter of a yojana = 80 usabhas, a little less than two miles, a league Ja.i.57, Ja.i.59; Ja.ii.209 Vism.118; Dhp-a.i.396.

cp. Vedic gavyūti pasture land, district

gīvā →

pts

the neck Snp.609; Ja.i.74 (˚ṃ pasāreti to stretch forth), Ja.i.167 (pasārita˚), Ja.i.207, Ja.i.222, Ja.i.265; Ja.iii.52; Vv-a.27 (mayūra˚), Vv-a.157; DN-a.i.296 (˚āya kuṇḍa-daṇḍaka-bandhana, as e …

gūhana →

pts

hiding, concealment Sdhp.65 (laddhi˚-citta).

gūhanā →

pts

Err:501

gūhati →

pts

…pari˚
caus gūhayati Sdhp.189 (gūhayaṃ ppr.). Cp. gūḷha.

Sk. gūhati, pp. gūḍha; see guyha, guhā, etc.

gūtha →

pts

…Pp.29 (Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. corrects into kūṭa˚?).

Sk. gūtha; probably to Lat. bubino, see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v.

gūthaka →

pts

“a sort of gūtha,” excretion, secretion, rheum, in akkhi˚; and kaṇṇa˚; (of eye & ear) Snp.197 (cp. Snp-a.248; Vism.345 sq.). Gulha &…

gūḷha →

pts

Gūḷha & gūḷhaka

adjective hidden, secret Vin.ii.98 (gūḷha-ko salākagāho).

pp. of gūhati

gūḷhaka →

pts

Gūḷha & gūḷhaka

adjective hidden, secret Vin.ii.98 (gūḷha-ko salākagāho).

pp. of gūhati

hammiya →

pts

customarily given as “a long, storied mansion which has an upper chamber placed on the top,” a larger building, pāsāda, (store-house Vin.i.58, Vin.i.96, Vin.i.239; Vin.ii.146 (with vihāra, aḍḍhayoga …

hanati →

pts

…of-fendo; Ohg. gundea Ags. gūd “battle.” The Dhtp (363 & 429) gives “hiṃsā” as meaning of han

Hanati2

to…

hattha →

pts

  1. hand DN.i.124; AN.i.47; Snp.610; Ja.vi.40
    ■ forearm Vin.iv.221; of animals SN.v.148; Ja.i.149; -pāda hand and foot MN.i.523; AN.i.47; Ja.ii.117; Pv-a.241; Dhp-a.iv.7. sahassa˚; thousand …

hatthin →

pts

an elephant Vin.i.218, Vin.i.352; Vin.ii.194 sq (Nālāgiri) = Ja.v.335 (nom. sg. hatthī; gen. hatthissa) DN.i.5; AN.ii.209; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.102; Dhp-a.i.59 (correct haṭṭhi!), Dhp-a.i.80 (acc. pl. hat …

hetu →

pts

  1. cause, reason, condition SN.i.134; AN.iii.440 sq.; Dhs.595, Dhs.1053; Vism.450 Tikp.11, Kp.233, Kp.239. In the older use paccaya and hetu are almost identical …

hindagu →

pts

man, only found in the Niddesa in stock defn of jantu or nara; both spellings (with & without h) occur; see Mnd.3 = Cnd.249.

probably for indagu, ind …

hiṅgu →

pts

the plant asafetida Vin.i.201; Vv-a.186.

  • -cuṇṇa powder of asafetida Dhp-a.iv.171.
  • -rāja a sort of bird Ja.vi.539.

Sk. hingu

hiṅgulaka →

pts

vermilion; as jāti˚; Ja.v.67. Ja.v.416; Vv-a.168. Also as -ikā (f.) Vv-a.324.

cp. Sk. hingula, nt.

hiṅguli →

pts

vermilion Mhvs.27, Mhvs.18.

Sk. hinguli

hāṭaka →

pts

gold AN.i.215; AN.iv.255, AN.iv.258, AN.iv.262 (where T reads haṭaka, with sātaka as variant reading at all passages); Thig.382; Ja.v.90.

cp. Sk. hāṭaka, connected with hari; cp. …

iddhi →

pts

There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotency’.

  1. Pre-Buddhistic; the Iddhi of a layman The four Iddhis of a king are personal …

ikka →

pts

bear Ja.vi.538 [= accha C.).

Sk. ṛkṣa, of which the regular representation is P. accha2

indagū →

pts

see hindagū.

indriya →

pts

A. On term

Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in t …

isi →

pts

  1. a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …

iti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

ittha →

pts

indeclinable here, in this world (or “thus, in such a way”) only in cpd. -bhāv’ aññathā-bhāva such an (i.e. earthly existence and one of another kind, or existence here (in this life) and in anoth …

itthakā →

pts

Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)

feminine

  1. a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …

itthi →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

itthī →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

iṭṭhakā →

pts

Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)

feminine

  1. a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …

jalati →

pts

to burn, to shine DN.iii.188; MN.i.487; Ja.i.62 Ja.ii.380; Ja.iv.69; Iti.86; Vv.46#2; Vv-a.107; Mil.223, Mil.343
caus jaleti & jāleti (cp. janeti: jāneti) to set on fire light, kindle SN.i.169; J …

jeguccha →

pts

adjective & jegucchiya (Ja.ii.437) contemptible, loathsome, detestable Ja.iv.305; Vism.250; Thag.1056; Pv-a.78, Pv-a.192 (asuci +). Cp pari˚
■ a˚ not despised Snp.852; Thag.961.

sec. der. fr. jigucchā

jegucchin →

pts

adjective one who detests or avoids (usually -˚) MN.i.77; (parama˚), MN.i.78; AN.iv.174, AN.iv.182 sq., AN.iv.188 sq., Mil.352 (pāpa˚).

jegucchitā →

pts

avoidance, detestation, disgust Vin.i.234; MN.i.30; AN.iv.182 sq.

see jigucchita

jhāna →

pts

Jhāna1

neuter literally meditation. But it never means vaguely meditation It is the technical term for a special religious experience reached in a certain order of mental states. It was or …

jigucchaka →

pts

adjective one who dislikes or disapproves of MN.i.327 (paṭhavī˚, āpa˚ etc.) Mil.343.

jigucchana →

pts

dislike, contempt, disgust Vism.159; Pv-a.120.

jigucchati →

pts

to shun, avoid, loathe, detest, to be disgusted with or horrified at (c. instr.) DN.i.213 (iddhi-pāṭihāriyena aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi j.): AN.iv.174 (kāyaduccaritena); Snp.215 (kammehi pāpakehi; Snp-a.266 …

jigucchā →

pts

disgust for, detestation, avoidance, shunning: tapo˚ (detesting asceticism) DN.i.174; SN.i.67; AN.ii.200 jigucchabībhaccha-dassana detestable & fearful-looking Pv-a.56.; Note. A diff. spelling, d …

jita →

pts

conquered, subdued, mastered: (nt.) victory. jitā me pāpakā dhammā Vin.i.8; Dhp.40, Dhp.104 (attā jitaṃ seyyo for attā jito seyyo see Dhp-a.ii.228), Vism.105, Vism.179; Vv.64#27 (jitindriya one whose …

jivhā →

pts

the tongue.

  1. physically: Vin.i.34; AN.iv.131; Snp.673, Snp.716; Dhp.65 Dhp.360; Ja.ii.306; Pv-a.99 (of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
    ■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which coul …

jiñjuka →

pts

the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).

jutimant →

pts

adjective brilliant, bright; usually fig. as prominent in wisdom: “bright.” distinguished, a great light (in this sense often as variant reading to jātimant) DN.ii.256 (ī); SN.v.24; Dhp.89 (= Dhp-a.i …

jāgarati →

pts

to be awake, to be watchful, to be on the alert (cp. guttadvāra) Dhp.60 (dīghā jāgarato rattī), Dhp.226; Iti.41; Mil.300
pp jāgarita (q.v.).

Sk. jāgarti to be awake (redupl. p …

jāgariyā →

pts

keeping awake, watchfulness, vigilance, esp. in the sense of being cautious of the dangers that are likely to befall one who strives after perfection. Therefore freq. in combination “indriyesu guttadv …

jānāti →

pts

to know.

I. Forms

The 2 Vedic roots jān˚ & jñā˚; are represented in Pali by jān˚ & ñā˚ (ña˚)

  1. jān:
    pres jānāti
    pot jāneyya (Snp.781) & jaññā (AN.iv.366 …

jāta →

pts

  1. As adj. n.un
    1. born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …

jāti →

pts

■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).

  1. birth, rebirth, possibility of …

ka →

pts

Ka˚

(pron. interr.) who? m. ko f. (nt. kiṃ, q.v.); follows regular decl. of an atheme with some formations fr. ki˚, which base is otherwise restricted to the nt.
■ From ka˚ also nt. pl. *k …

kaliṅgu →

pts

the Laurus camphora, the Indian laurel Ja.vi.537.

cp. Sk. kalinga & kalingaka

kalyāṇa →

pts

(& kallāṇa)

  1. (adj.) beautiful, charming; auspicious, helpful, morally good. Syn bhaddaka Pv-a.9, Pv-a.116) and kusala (SN.ii.118; Pv-a.9 Pv-a.122); opp. pāpa (SN.i.83; MN.i.43; Pv-a.101, Pv-a …

kamboji →

pts

, nt.) the plant Cassia tora or alata Ja.iii.223 (˚gumba = elagalāgumba; vv.ll. kammoja˚ & tampo˚ [for kambo˚]).

meaning & etym. unexpld

kamma →

pts

the doing, deed, work orig. meaning (see karoti) either building (cp. Lit kùrti, Opr. kūra to build) or weaving, plaiting (still in mālākamma and latā˚ “the intertwining of garland …

kammāra →

pts

smith, a worker in metals generally DN.ii.126, AN.v.263; a silversmith Snp.962; Dhp.239; Ja.i.223; a goldsmith Ja.iii.281; Ja.v.282. The smiths in old India do not seem to be divided into black-, gol …

kandara →

pts

  1. a cave, grotto, generally, on the slope or at the foot of a mountain Vin.ii.76, Vin.ii.146 used as a dwelling-place Thag.602; Ja.i.205; Ja.iii.172.
  2. a glen, defile, gully DN.i.71 = AN.ii.210 = P …

kandati →

pts

to cry, wail, weep, lament, bewail Dhp.371; Vv.83#12 Ja.vi.166; Mil.11, Mil.148; freq. of Petas: Pv-a.43, Pv-a.160 Pv-a.262 (cp. rodati)
■ In kāmaguṇā pass. urattāḷiṃ k MN.i.86 = Cnd. s.v.; AN.ii …

kanha →

pts

adjective dark, black, as attr. of darkness, opposed to light, syn. with kāḷa (q.v. for etym.); opp. sukka. In general it is hard to separate the lit. and fig. meanings, an ethical implication is to b …

kaniya →

pts

adjective younger, less, inferior Kacc.122 (only as a grammarian’s construction not in the living language where it had coalesced with *kanyā = kaññā).

compar. of kan˚, Sk. kanīyaṃs

kanta →

pts

Kanta1

  1. (adj.) in special sense an attribute of worldly pleasure (cp. kāma kāmaguṇā): pleasant, lovely, enjoyable; freq. in form iṭṭhā kantā manāpā, referring to the pleasures of the sens …

kantika →

pts

Kantika1

adjective spinning Pv-a.75 (sutta˚ itthiyo).

to kantati1

Kantika2

= kanta1 in a˚ unpleasant, disgusting Pv.iii.4#1 (= Pv-a.193).

kantāriya →

pts

adjective (one) living in or belonging to the desert, the guardian of a wilderness, applied to a Yakkha Vv.84#21 (= Vv-a.341).

from kantāra

kappaka →

pts

barber, hairdresser, also attendant to the king; his other function (of preparing baths) is expressed in the term nahāpaka (Pv.ii.9#37) or nahāpita (˚ā?) (DN-a.i.157) Vin. DN-a.i.344; DN-a.ii.182; …

kappiya →

pts

adjective

  1. (cp. kappa ii.1a) according to rule, right, suitable, fitting, proper, appropriate (Pv-a.26 = anucchavika paṭirūpa) Ja.i.392; DN-a.i.9; Pv-a.25 Pv-a.141
    ; not r …

karaka →

pts

Karaka1

  1. Water-pot, drinking-vessel (= pānīya-bhājana Pv-a.251). It is one of the seven requisites of a samaṇa Vin.ii.302. It is called dhammakaraka there and at Vin.ii.118, Vin.ii. …

kari-paribandha →

pts

Kari-paribandha

adjective bound up in filth, full of filth, disgusting; epithet of the body Thag.1152 Kari here is abbrev. of karīsa2 (see note ad loc.).

= karīsa-paribaddha

karoṭi →

pts

Karoṭi1

feminine

  1. a basin, cup, bowl, dish Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.363; Ja.iii.225; Ja.iv.67; Ja.v.289, Ja.v.290.
  2. the skull (cp. kaḷopi On the form cp. Dial. i.227 n.) Ja.vi.592.

Karoṭi<s …

karuṇā →

pts

  1. (f.) pity compassion. Karuṇā is one of the 4 qualities of character significant of a human being who has attained enfranchisement of heart (ceto-vimutti) in the 4 sentiments viz. mettā k.˚ upekhā …

karīsa →

pts

…a cesspool Ja.iii.263 (= gūthakūpa);

  • -vāyin, f. ˚inī diffusing an odour of excrement Pv-a.87.

cp. Sk. karīṣa,…

kasaṭa →

pts

  1. (adj.) bad, nasty; bitter, acrid; insipid, disgusting AN.i.72; Ja.ii.96; Ja.ii.159.
  2. (m.)
    1. fault, vice, defect MN.i.281; Pts.ii.87
    2. leavings, dregs Vv-a.288 (variant reading sakaṭa) …

kassaka →

pts

husbandman, cultivator, peasant, farmer, ploughman DN.i.61 (k˚ gahapatiko kārakārako rāsi-vaḍḍhako); AN.i.241; AN.i.229, AN.i.239 (the three duties of a farmer); SN.i.172 = Snp.76; SN.iii.155 (varian …

kasāva →

pts

Kasāya & Kasāva

  1. a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
  2. an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
  3. (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …

kasāya →

pts

Kasāya & Kasāva

  1. a kind of paste or gum used in colouring walls Vin.ii.151.
  2. an astringent decoction extracted from plants Vin.i.201, Vin.i.277; Ja.v.198.
  3. (of taste), astringent DhS.629; Mil.65 …

kata →

pts

(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …

kataññu →

pts

adjective lit. knowing, i.e. acknowledging what has been done (to one), i.e. grateful often in combination with katavedin grateful and mindful of benefits SN.ii.272; AN.i.87 = P …

kathana →

pts

  1. conversing, talking Ja.i.299; Ja.iii.459; Ja.vi.340.
  2. telling i.e. answering solving (a question) Ja.v.66 (pañha˚).
  3. preaching Dhp-a.i.7.
  4. reciting, narrating Kacc.130. Cp. kathita- *akatha …

kathā →

pts

  1. talk talking, conversation AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28 kinds of conversational talk a b …

kañcana →

pts

gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.

kañjika →

pts

sour rice-gruel Ja.i.238 (udaka˚); Vv.33#37 (amba˚), Vv.43#5 (= yāgu Vv-a.186) Dhp-a.i.78, Dhp-a.i.288; Vv-a.99 (ācāma-k˚-loṇudaka as expln of loṇa-sovīraka “salty fluid, i.e. the s …

kaḷāra →

pts

adjective always referring to teeth: with long, protruding teeth, of Petas (cp. attr. of the dog of the “Underworld” Pv-a.152: tikhiṇâyatakaṭhina-dāṭho and the figure of the witch in fairy-tales) J …

kaḷīra →

pts

the top sprout of a plant or tree, esp. of the bamboo and cert. palm trees (e.g. coco-nut tree) which is edible Snp.38 (vaṃsa˚ = veḷugumba Cnd.556 and p. 58) Thag.72; Ja.i.74, cp. Ja.iii.179; Ja.vi.2 …

kaṃsa →

pts

  1. bronze Mil.2 magnified by late commentators occasionally into silver or gold. Thus Ja.vi.504 (silver) and Ja.i.338; Ja.iv.107 Ja.vi.509 (gold), considered more suitable to a fairy king
  2. a bronze …

kaṅgu →

pts

the panic seed, Panicum Italicum; millet used as food by the poor (cp. piyangu); mentioned as one of the seven kinds of grains (see dhañña) at Vin.iv.264; DN-a.i.78
■ Mil.267; …

kaṇṇa →

pts

…Vin.iv.281 (of robes).

  • -gūthaka the cerumen, wax, of the ear, Vin.ii.134; Snp.197; Ja.i.146.
  • -cālana shaking the…

kaṇṭaka →

pts

  1. a thorn Snp.845; Vin.i.188; Ja.v.102 Ja.vi.105 (in description of the Vetaraṇī); cp. kusa˚
  2. any instrument with a sharp point Sdhp.201.
  3. a bone, fish-bone Ja.i.222; in piṭṭhi˚; a bone of the …

kaṇṭha →

pts

  1. throat AN.iv.131; Ja.v.448; Mil.152 (kaṇṭho ākurati, is hoarse); Pv-a.280 (akkharāni mahatā kaṇṭhena uccaritāni). The throat of Petas is narrow and parched with thirst: Pv-a.99 (k-oṭṭha-tālūnaṃ …

kaṭuka →

pts

adjective sharp, bitter, acid, severe

  1. severe, sharp (fig.), of dukkha, vedanā, kāmā, etc MN.i.10 = AN.ii.143; Ja.vi.115; Thig.451 (= Thag-a.281) SN-a.56
    ■ painful, terrible, frightful (-ap …

kaṭula →

pts

adjective containing pungent substances (generally three: tekaṭula) Vin.i.210 (yāgu), cp. tikaṭuka

Sk. kaṭura

kaṭāha →

pts

…MN.i.453 = AN.iv.138 gūtha˚; Vin.iv.265; tumba˚; (a gourd used as receptacle for food) vin.ii.114; alābu˚; Dhs-a.405
■…

kaṭṭha →

pts

Kaṭṭha1

ploughed, tilled Snp.80; Mil.255; Pv-a.45, Pv-a.62. a˚ untilled, unprepared Anvs.27. su˚ well-ploughed AN.i.229; Mil.255.

Sk. kṛṣṭa, pp. of kasati, cp. kiṭṭha

Kaṭṭha2</su …

kevalin →

pts

adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā t …

khajjaka →

pts

adjective eatable, i.e. solid food (as ˚bhojjanāni opposed to yāgu Pv-a.23); (nt.) Ja.i.186 (of 18 kinds, opp. yāgu); Ja.i.235 (id.); Mil.294 -˚bhājaka prec.

fr. last

khaluṅka →

pts

only applied to a horse shaking, a shaker, racer (esp. as java AN.i.287), fig. of purisa at Anguttara passages. Described as bold and hard to manage AN.iv.190 sq.; as a horse which cannot be trusted a …

khanti →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khantī →

pts

Khanti & Khantī

f. patience, forbearance, forgiveness. Def. at Dhs.1341: khantī khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anasuropo attamanatā cittassa Most frequent combinations: with *[mettā](/define/mettā …

khatta →

pts

rule, power, possession; only in compounds:

  • -dhamma the law of ruling, political science Ja.v.490 (is it khattu˚ = khattā˚?)
  • -vijjā polity DN.i.9, condemn …

khattiya →

pts

nom. also khattiyāse Ja.iii.441. A shortened form is khatya Ja.vi.397
■ f. khattiyā AN.iii.226–⁠AN.iii.229, khattī DN.i.193, and khattiyī. A member of one of the clans or tribes recognised as of Ary …

kheda →

pts

adjective subject to fatigue, tired Vv-a.276
■ As noun “fatigue” at Vism.71.

Sk. kheda fatigue, khedati; perhaps to Lat. caedo

khetta →

pts

  1. (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, DN.i.231; SN.i.134 (bījaṃ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at SN.iv.315, viz. agga˚ majjhima˚, hīna˚ (in simile); AN.i.229 = A …

khura →

pts

Khura1

the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.

khura-kāse MN.i.44 …

khādaka →

pts

…(of Yakkhas) Ja.i.133, Ja.i.266; camma˚ Ja.i.176; gūtha˚ (of a Peta) Pv-a.266.

kila →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kilama →

pts

fatigue Ja.v.397 (= kilantabhāva).

spelt klama, fr. klam

kilamatha →

pts

tiredness, fatigue, exhaustion MN.i.168; AN.ii.199; SN.i.136; as kāya˚, citta˚ SN.v.128; as daratha˚ AN.iii.238; Pv-a.23 as niddā˚ AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50.

fr. klam, in formation cp. samatha

kilamati →

pts

  1. to go short of, to be in want of (instr.) Dhp-a.ii.79; na piṇḍakena kilamati does not go short of food Vin.ii.15, Vin.ii.87; Vin.iv.23 sq.
  2. to weary, to be wearied, tired, fatigued; to be in tro …

kilameti →

pts

to be tired or fatigued Ja.i.115; ppr. kilamayanto DN.i.52
pp kilamita.

denom. fr. kilama

kilamita →

pts

worn out, tired, fatigued Pv.ii.8#3.

pp. of kilameti

kira →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kiṭṭha →

pts

growing corn, the crop on the ground, a cornfield AN.iii.393 (in simile), cp. SN.iv.195.

  • -āda eating corn AN.iii.393.
  • -ārakkha the guardian of the cornfield SN.iv.196.
  • *-[sambādha](/defi …

kosa →

pts

Kosa1

masculine neuter any cavity or enclosure containing anything, viz.

  1. a store-room or storehouse, treasury or granary AN.iv.95 (rāja˚); Snp.525; Ja.iv.409 (= wealth, stores); Ja.vi …

koṭi →

pts

the end—

  1. of space: the extreme part, top, summit, point (cp. anta to which it is opposed at Ja.vi.371): dhanu-koṭiṃ nissāya “through the (curved) end of my bow,” i.e. by means …

koṭṭha →

pts

Koṭṭha1

masculine neuter anything hollow and closed in (Cp. gabbha for both meanings) as

  1. the stomach or abdomen Mil.265, Vism.357; Sdhp.257.
  2. a closet, a monk’s cell, a storeroom MN. …

kula →

pts

(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)

  1. clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …

kuṇḍaka →

pts

the red powder of rice husks (cp. kukkusa) Vin.ii.151; Vin.ii.280; Ja.ii.289 (text has kuṇḍadaka) = Dhp-a.iii.325 (ibid. as ācāma˚). Also used as toilet powder Dhp-a.ii.261 (kuṇḍakena sarīraṃ makkhe …

kuṇḍika →

pts

bending, in ahi-kuṇḍika (?) a snake charmer (lit. bender) Ja.iv.308 (variant reading S. guṇṭhika) see ahi and catu-kuṇḍika bent as regards his four limbs, i.e. walking on all fours …

kuṇṭhita →

pts

Pv.ii.3#8 and kuṇḍita SN.i.197, both in phrase paṃsu˚, according to Hardy, Pv-a p.302 to be corrected to guṇṭhita covered with dust (see guṇṭheti) The va …

kāka →

pts

the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40 …

kāla →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kāma →

pts

to desire.

  1. Objective: pleasantness, pleasure-giving, an object of sensual enjoyment.
  2. Subjective: (a) enjoyment, pleasure on occasion of sense, (b) sense-desire.

Buddhist commentators exp …

kāya →

pts

…na te Mārassa paccagū SN.i.104; vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto kāyena ca akusalaṃ na kayirā Dhp.281 = Ne.183.

*Kāya as one of…

kāḷa →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kīva →

pts

Kīvant & Kīva

(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …

kīvant →

pts

Kīvant & Kīva

(interr. adj. and adv.) how great? how much? how many? and in later language how? (cp rel. yāva). As indef.: Kīvanto tattha bheravā “however great the terrors” Snp.959
■ Kīva kaṭuka h …

kūjati →

pts

to sing (of birds; cp. vikūjati) Ja.ii.439 Ja.iv.296; Dāvs v.51
pp kūjita see abhi˚, upa˚.

kuj, explained with guj at Dhtp.78 by “avyatte sadde”

kūpa →

pts

…MN.i.245; Dhs-a.306 gūtha˚; a cesspool DN.ii.324; Snp.279; Pv.ii.3#16; Pp.36 miḷha˚; a pit for evacuations Pgdp.23, Pgdp.24;…

lagati →

pts

Lagati & Laggati

to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi

laggati →

pts

Lagati & Laggati

to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi

laguḷa →

pts

club, cudgel Vin.iii.77 (enumerated with var. weapons of murder, like asi, satti, bheṇḍi pāsāṇa etc.); Mil.152, Mil.351 (kodaṇḍa-laguḷa-muggara), Mil.355 (kilesa˚); Ja.vi.394; Vism.525 (˚abhighāta). …

lakanaka →

pts

? ship’s anchor (nāvā˚ Mil.377 (variant reading lagganaka), Mil.378.

fr. lag, with k for g, as lakuṭa: laguḷa etc. Would correspond to Sk. *lagnaka, cp. Trenckner Notes 62; Geiger,

Pali Grammar

§ 39#1

lakkhaṇa →

pts

  1. sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …

lakkheti →

pts

to mark, distinguish, characterize Ne.30
pp lakkhita
■ Cp. upa˚.

Denom. fr. lakkha

lakuṭa →

pts

club, cudgel Mil.255 (in sequence daṇḍa-leḍḍu-lakuṭa-muggara), Mil.301, Mil.367, Mil.368 See also laguḷa.

see laguḷa for etym.

lalāṭa →

pts

see nalāṭa (cp. langula).

landhati →

pts

see nandhati & pilandhana. Concerning l → n cp.; laṅgula.

lapati →

pts

to talk prattle, mutter Snp.776; Iti.122; Pv.i.8#1; Pv.ii.6#3
■ Cp ullapati, palapati, samullapati
caus lapeti (and lāpeti, metri causâ) to talk to, to accost, beg SN.i.31 (h …

laḷati →

pts

to dally, sport, sing Ja.ii.121 (ppr. laḷamānā); Vv-a.41 (laḷantī; with kīḷati), Vv-a.57 (id.)
caus laḷeti Ja.i.362 (ppr. lāḷentā); Vism.365; cp. upa˚
pp laḷita: see pa˚.

lal, onomat. …

laṅgula →

pts

…(= nandhati); nalāṭa (for laḷāta).

cp. Sk. lāngula & lāngūla; also the ordinary P. forms nangula & nanguṭṭha, to; lag

laṇḍa →

pts

excrement, dung of animals, dirt; mostly used with ref to elephants (haṭṭhi˚), e.g. at Ja.ii.19; Dhp-a.i.163, Dhp-a.i.192 Dhp-a.iv.156 (here also as assa˚; horse dung.) Cp. *[laṇḍikā](/define/laṇ …

leṇa →

pts

(& lena) neuter

  1. a cave (in a rock), a mountain cave, used by ascetics (or bhikkhus) as a hermitage or place of shelter, a rock cell. Often enumerated with kuṭi guhā, e.g. Vin.iv.48; Mil.151; Vb. …

likhati →

pts

  1. to scratch; to cut carve; write, inscribe MN.i.127 (rūpāni); Ja.ii.372 (suvaṇṇa-patte); Ja.iv.257 (id.), Ja.iv.488, Ja.iv.489 (jāti-hingulakena); Dhp-a.i.182; Pv-a.145 (nāmaṃ likhi wrote his na …

loha →

pts

metal, esp. copper, brass or bronze It is often used as a general term & the individual application is not always sharply defined. Its comprehensiveness is evident from the classification of *[loha](/ …

lohita →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) red: rarely by itself (e.g. MN.ii.17), usually in compounds e.g. -abhijāti the red species (q.v.) AN.iii.383; -kasiṇa the artifice of red DN.iii.268; AN.i.41; Dhs.203; …

lohitaṅka →

pts

ruby AN.iv.199, AN.iv.203; Tha-ap.2; Vv.36#3; Vv-a.304. See masāragalla for further refs. Note. The word is not found in Vedic and Class. Sk. a later term for “ruby” is *[ …

loka →

pts

…at Cnd.551 (under lokantagū Snp.1133) as follows 1 bhavaloka; 2 sampatti bhavaloka, vipatti bhavaloka; 3 vedanā; 4 āhārā; 5…

loluppa →

pts

greediness, covetousness, self-indulgence, desire; in the language of the Abhidhamma often syn. with jappā or taṇhā. At Dhs-a.365 loluppa is treated as an adj. …

lābhin →

pts

adj.

  1. (-˚) receiving, getting, having, possessed of MN.iii.39 (as n. “a receiver, recipient”) AN.i.24; AN.ii.85; AN.iv.400; Pp.51; Vb.332 (nikāma˚) Ja.i.140.
  2. one who has intuition either in rea …

lākhā →

pts

lac; lac-dye; enumerated with other colourings at MN.i.127 = SN.ii.101 = AN.iii.230
■ Snp-a.577 Vism.261 (as colour of blood).

  • -ācariya expert in lac-dyeing Snp-a.577.

mada →

pts

  1. intoxication, sensual excess, in formula davāya madāya maṇḍanāya (for purposes of sport, excess, personal charm etc. MN.i.355 = AN.ii.40 = Mnd.496 = Cnd.540 = Pp.21 = Dhs.1346, Dhs.1348. The comm …

madanīya →

pts

adj. nt.

  1. intoxicating DN.ii.185 (sadda vaggu rajanīya kāmanīya m.).
  2. intoxication Vv-a.73.

orig. grd. of madati

madhuraka →

pts

adjective full of sweet drink, intoxicated, in phrase madhuraka-jātokāyo viya “like an intoxicated body, i.e. without control, weak. The usual translation has been “become languid or weak” (“erschl …

magga →

pts

  1. a road (usually high road), way, foot-path Vism.708 (maggaṃ agata-pubba-purisa, simile of); Vb-a.256 (tiyojana˚, simile of a man travelling); Dhp-a.i.229- addhāna˚; high road Vin.iv.62; MN. …

mahant →

pts

adjective great, extensive, big important, venerable
■ nom. mahā Snp.1008; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitāmaha (following a …

makkaṭa →

pts

  1. a monkey Ja.i.385; Ja.ii.267; Dhp-a.ii.22; Vb-a.408 (˚niddā, a m.’s sleep, said to be quickly changing); Kp-a.73 (in simile); Snp-a.522 (cp. Snp.791). Names of monkeys famous in Jātaka tales: S …

mana(s) →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

manesikā →

pts

“mind-searching,” i.e. guessing the thoughts of others, mind-reading; a practice forbidden to bhikkhus DN.i.7 (= m. nāma manasā cintita-jānana-kīḷā DN-a.i.86); Vin.ii.10.

mano + esikā2

mano →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

manta →

pts

…pariggahetvā)

  • -pāragū one who is accomplished in the Vedas Snp.251 (= vedapāragū Snp-a.293), Snp.690 (= vedānaṃ…

manteti →

pts

to pronounce in an important (because secret) manner (like a mantra), i.e.

  1. to take counsel (with = instr. or saddhiṃ) DN.i.94, DN.i.104 (mantanaṃ manteyya to discuss DN.i.122 (2nd pl. i …

manussa →

pts

human being, man. The popular etym. connects m. with Manu(s), the ancestor of men, e.g. Kp-a.123: “Manuno apaccā ti manussā, porāṇā pana bhaṇanti ʻmana-ussannatāya manussa’; te Jambudīpakā, Aparagoy …

mathita →

pts

  1. (churned) buttermilk Vin.ii.301 (amathita-kappa).
  2. upset, mentally unbalanced state, disturbance of mind through passion conceit, etc. MN.i.486 (maññita +). Neumann trsls “Vermutung” …

maya →

pts

adjective (-˚ only) made of, consisting of
■ An interesting analysis (interesting for judging the views and sense of etymology of an ancient commentator) of maya is given by Dhamm …

mañjeṭṭhaka →

pts

adjective crimson, bright red, fig. shining Vv.39#1 (cp. defn at Vv-a.177: like the tree Vitex negundo, sindhavāra, or the colour of the Kaṇavīra-bud; same defn at Dhs-a.317, …

maññati →

pts

  1. to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Snp.199 (sīsaṃ… subhato naṃ maññati bālo), Snp.588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā) Ja.ii.258 (maññāmi ciraṃ carissati: I imagine he wi …

maṅgula →

pts

adjective sallow; f. maṅgulī woman of sallow complexion SN.ii.260 = Vin.iii.107; Vin.iii.100.

cp. mangura

maṅgura →

pts

adjective golden; in cpd. -cchavi of golden colour, f cchavī DN.i.193, DN.i.242; MN.i.246, MN.i.429; MN.ii.33; Vism.184.

etym.? or = mangula? See J.R.A.S. 1903, 186 the corresponding passage t …

maṅku →

pts

adjective staggering, confused troubled, discontented Vin.ii.118; SN.v.74; Dhp.249 Mnd.150; Dhp-a.iii.41, Dhp-a.iii.359 (with loc.)
■ f. pl. maṅkū Vin.i.93
dummaṅku “st …

maṇi →

pts

  1. a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as “crystal.” DN.i.7 (as ornament); Dhp.161; Ja.vi.265 (agghiya, precious). In simile at DN.i.76 (maṇi veḷuriyo). On maṇi in similes see J.P.T.S.

maṇḍala →

pts

  1. circle DN.i.134 (paṭhavi˚, cp. puthavi˚ Snp.990); Vism.143 (˚ṃ karoti to draw a circle, in simile), Vism.174 (tipu˚ & rajata˚ lead- & silver circle, in kasiṇa practice); Vv-a.147 (of a fan = tāla …

meda →

pts

fat SN.i.124; Snp.196; Ja.iii.484 (ajakaraṃ medaṃ = ajakara-medaṃ C.); Kp iii. (explained at Vism.262 as “thīnasineha” thick or coagulated fluid or gelatine); Vism.361 Vb-a.66, Vb-a.225, Vb-a.245, …

meraya →

pts

sort of intoxicating liquor, spirits, rum, usually combined with surā. DN.i.146 DN.i.166; MN.i.238; Pp.55; Dhp.247; Ja.iv.117 (pupphāsav-ādi, i.e. made fr. flowers, cp. defn</s …

milakkha →

pts

barbarian, foreigner, outcaste hillman SN.v.466; Ja.vi.207; DN-a.i.176; Snp-a.236 (˚mahātissa-thera Np.), Snp-a.397 (˚bhāsā foreign dialect) The word occurs also in form *[milakkhu](/define/milakk …

milāyati →

pts

to relax, languish, fade wither SN.i.126; Iti.76; Ja.i.329; Ja.v.90
caus milāpeti [Sk. mlāpayati] to make dry, to cause to wither Ja.i.340 (sassaṃ); fig. to assuage, suppress, stifle Ja.iii.414 (t …

missa →

pts

adjective

  1. mixed (with: -˚); various Vin.i.33 (kesa˚, jatā˚ etc. = a mixture of, various); Thag.143; Ja.iii.95, Ja.iii.144 (udaka-paṇṇa˚ yāgu); Pv.i.9#2 (missā kiṭakā). nt. missaṃ as adv. “in a …

mitta →

pts

friend. Usually m., although nt. occurs in meaning “friend,” in sg. (Ne.164) & pl. (Snp.185 Snp.187); in meaning “friendship” at Ja.vi.375 (= mittabhāva C.). The half-scientific, half-popular etym …

mohana →

pts

making dull or stupid, infatuation, enticement, allurement Snp.399, Snp.772 (= mohanā vuccanti pañca kāmaguṇā Mnd.26). The Sk. meaning is also “sexual intercourse” (cp. Halāyudha p. 315), which may ap …

mora →

pts

pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …

moragu →

pts

tender grass (Achyranthes aspera) Vin.i.196.

cp. (scientific) Sk. mayūraka

mosa →

pts

(˚-) adjective noun belonging to or untruth, false-; only in compounds -dhamma of a deceitful nature, false, AN.v.84 (kāma); Snp.739, Snp.757 & -vajja [fr. m …

mucala →

pts

occurs as simplex only in Np. Mahā- mucala -mālaka Mhvs.15, Mhvs.36. It refers to the tree mucalinda, of which it may be a short form. On the other hand *m …

mucchati →

pts

  1. (spelt muccati) to become stiff, congeal, coagulate, curdle Dhp.71; Dhp-a.ii.67.
  2. to become infatuated DN.iii.43 (majjati +)
  3. only in Caus. muccheti to make sound, to i …

muddikā →

pts

Muddikā1

feminine a seal ring, signet-ring, fingerring Ja.i.134; Ja.iii.416; Ja.iv.439; Dhp-a.i.394; Dhp-a.ii.4 (a ring given by the king to the keeper of the city gates as a sign of au …

muddā →

pts

  1. a seal, stamp, impression; - rāja˚; the royal seal Dhp-a.i.21. Also with ref. to the State Seal at Mil.280, Mil.281 in compounds muddakāma (amacca) & mudda-paṭilābha.
  2. the art of calculation …

mukha →

pts

  1. the mouth Snp.608, Snp.1022 (with ref. to the long tongue, pahūta-jivha, of the Buddha or Mahāpurisa) Ja.ii.7; DN-a.i.287 (uttāna˚ clear mouthed, i.e. easy to understand, cp. DN.i.116); Pv-a.11, …

musati →

pts

to betray, beguile bewilder, dazzle, in cakkhūni m. DN.ii.183 (but translation “destructive to the eyes”); musati ’va nayanaṃ Vv.35#3 (cp. Vv-a.161).

in this connection = mṛṣ in an active sense, …

muta →

pts

thought, supposed, imagined (i.e. received by other vaguer sense impressions than by sight & hearing) MN.i.3; Snp.714 (= phusan’ arahaṃ Snp-a.498), Snp.812; Ja.v.398 (= anumata C.) Vb.14, Vb.429 sq …

mutta →

pts

…muttaṃ vuccati); Pv.i.9#1 (gūthañ ca m.); Pv-a.43, Pv-a.78 enumerated under the 32 constituents of the body (the dvattiṃs-ākāraṃ) at Kp…

muttā →

pts

pearl Vv.37#7 (˚ācita); Pv.ii.7#5 (+ veḷuriya); Mhvs.30, Mhvs.66. Eight sorts of pearls are enumerated at Mvu. 11, 14, viz. haya-gaja-rath’ āmalakā valay’anguli-veṭhakā kakudha-phala-pākatikā, i …

muñcati →

pts

I. Forms

The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñ …

māgavika →

pts

deerstalker, huntsman AN.ii.207; Pp.56; Mil.364, Mil.412; Pv-a.207.

guṇa-form to *mṛga = P. miga; Sk. mārgavika

mālā →

pts

garland, wreath, chaplet; collectively = flowers; fig. row, line Snp.401; Pp.56 Vism.265 (in simile); Pv.ii.3#16 (gandha, m., vilepana as a “lady’s” toilet outfit); Pv.ii.4#9 (as one of the 8 or 10 st …

mānasa →

pts

intention, purpose, mind (as active force), mental action. Almost equivalent to mano Dhs § 6. In later language mānasa is quite synonymous with hadaya. The word, used absolutely, is more a t. t. in ph …

mānita →

pts

revered, honoured Ud.73 (sakkata m. pūjita apacita)
■ A rather singular by-form is mānikata (q.v.).

pp. of māneti

māsa →

pts

Māsa1

a month, as the 12th part of the year. The 12 months are (beginning with what chronologically corresponds to our middle of March) Citta (Citra), Vesākha, Jeṭṭha, Āsāḷha, S …

māsācita →

pts

filled by the (say 6 or more) month(s), i.e. heavy (alluding to the womb in advanced pregnancy), heaped full MN.i.332 (kucchi garu-garu viya māsācitaṃ maññe ti; Neumann trsls “wie ein Sack …

mātar →

pts

mother
Cases: nom. sg mātā Snp.296; Dhp.43; Ja.iv.463; Ja.v.83; Ja.vi.117; Cnd.504 (def. as janikā); gen. mātu Thag.473; Vin.i.17; Ja.i.52 mātuyā Ja.i.53; Mhvs.10, Mhvs.80; Pv-a.31; and * …

mātikā →

pts

  1. a water course Vism.554 (˚âtikkamaka); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.96; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.50; Snp-a.500 (= sobbha); Dhp-a.ii.141 (its purpose: “ito c’ ito ca udakaṃ haritvā attano sassa-kammaṃ sampādenti”); Vv-a. …

mīḷha →

pts

…Vv.52#11 (with ref. to the gūthaniraya); Pv.iii.4#5 (= gūtha Pv-a.194); Dhp-a.ii.53 (˚ṃ khādituṃ).

mūsika →

pts

Mūsika & mūsikā

masculine & feminine a mouse DN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (f.); Vism.109 (m.), Vism.252 Kp-a.46 (m.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30 (m.); Vb-a.235.

  • -cchinna (auguries from the marks on cloth (gnawed b …

mūsikā →

pts

Mūsika & mūsikā

masculine & feminine a mouse DN.ii.107 = Pp.43 (f.); Vism.109 (m.), Vism.252 Kp-a.46 (m.); Mhvs.5, Mhvs.30 (m.); Vb-a.235.

  • -cchinna (auguries from the marks on cloth (gnawed b …

naccaka →

pts

dancer, (pantomimic actor Mil.191, Mil.331, Mil.359 (naṭa˚)
■ f. naccakī Vin.ii.12.

Sk. *nṛtyaka, distinguished from but ultimately identical with naṭaka, q.v.

nagara →

pts

stronghold, citadel, fortress a (fortified) town, city. As seat of the government as important centre of trade contrasted with gāma nigama (village & market-place or township) Vin.iii.47 (˚bandhana), …

nagga →

pts

adjective naked, nude Vin.ii.121; Ja.i.307; Pv.i.6#1 (= niccola Pv-a.32); Pv.ii.1#5; Pv.ii.8#1; Pv-a.68 Pv-a.106.

  • -cariyā going naked Dhp.141; Dhp-a.iii.78; cp. Sk nagnacar …

nakha →

pts

nail of finger or toe, a claw Vin.ii.133; Snp.610 (na angulīhi nakhehi vā); Ja.v.489 (pañcanakhā sattā five-nailed or-toed beings); Kp ii. = Mil.26, cp. taca (pañcatacakaṃ); Kp-a.43; Vv-a.7 (dasa\ …

nakkhatta →

pts

the stars or constellations, a conjunction of the moon with diff. constellations, a lunar mansion or the constellations of the lunar zodiac, figuring also as Names of months & determinant factors of h …

nayati FIXME double →

pts

Neti & nayati

to lead, guide, conduct; to take, carry (away); fig. to draw a conclusion, to understand, to take as Dhp.80, Dhp.145, Dhp.240, Dhp.257; Ja.i.228 Ja.iv.241 (nayaṃ n. to draw a proper con …

naṅgula →

pts

tail Thag.113 = Thag.601 (go˚).

Sk. lāngū̆la to langa & lagati (q.v.). cp. Gr.; λαγγάζω, Lat. langueo

naṅguṭṭha →

pts

Err:501

netar →

pts

leader, guide, forerunner Snp.86, Snp.213; Mnd.446.

Vedic netṛ, n. ag. of neti

neti →

pts

Neti & nayati

to lead, guide, conduct; to take, carry (away); fig. to draw a conclusion, to understand, to take as Dhp.80, Dhp.145, Dhp.240, Dhp.257; Ja.i.228 Ja.iv.241 (nayaṃ n. to draw a proper con …

netta →

pts

Netta1

a guide Ja.iii.111; Ne.130.

Sk. netra, fr. neti

Netta2

neuter guidance, anything that guides, a conductor, fig. the eye. SN.i.26 (sārathī nettāni gahetvā = the reins); …

netti →

pts

guide, conductor; support (= nettika2) Iti.37 (āhāra˚-pabhava), Iti.38 (bhava˚), Iti.94 (netticchinna bhikkhu = Arahant). Cp. nettika2 dhamma˚, bhava˚.

Vedic netrī, f. to netṛ

nettika →

pts

adjective noun

  1. having as guide or forerunner, in Bhagavaṃ˚’ dhamma MN.i.310; AN.i.199 AN.iv.158, AN.iv.351; AN.v.355.
  2. a conduit for irrigation; one who makes conduits for watering Dhp.80 (= uda …

neyya →

pts

adjective to be led, carried etc.; fig. to be instructed; to be inferred, guessed or understood Snp.55, Snp.803, Snp.846, Snp.1113; Mnd.114, Mnd.206; Cnd.372; Pp.41; Ne.9 sq., Ne.125; *-[attha](/defi …

ni →

pts

Ni˚

Nearly all (ultimately prob. all) words under this heading are compounds with the pref. ni.

A. Forms

  1. Pāli ni˚; combines the two prefixes ni, nis (nir). They ar …

nibaddha →

pts

adjective bound down to, i.e.

  1. fixed, stable, sure Ja.iv.134 (bhattavetana); Mil.398 (a˚ unstable, ˚sayana). At DN-a.i.243 two kinds of cārikā (wanderings, pilgrimages) are dis …

nibandhati →

pts

  1. to bind Mil.79.
  2. to mix, apply, prepare Vin.ii.151 (anibandhanīya unable to be applied, not binding); Ja.i.201 (yāgubhattaṃ).
  3. to press, urge, importune Ja.iii.277.

ni + bandhati

nibbiddha →

pts

  1. in phrase -piṅgala (with) disgustingly red (eyes) (perhaps = nibbiṇṇa?) Ja.v.42 (of a giant).
  2. with ref. to a road: broken up, i.e. much frequented, busy street Ja.vi.276 (of vīthi, bazaar, in …

nibbidā →

pts

weariness, disgust with worldly life, tedium, aversion, indifference, disenchantment N. is of the preliminary & conditional states for the attainment of Nibbāna (see nibbāna II B …

nibbikappa →

pts

distinction, distinguishing Vism.193.

nis + vikappa

nibbindati →

pts

to get wearied of (c. loc.); to have enough of, be satiated, turn away from, to be disgusted with. In two roots:

  1. vind: prs. nibbindati etc. usually in combination with virajjati & vimuccati; ( …

nibbiṇṇa →

pts

adjective tired of, disgusted with (c. instr. or loc.), wearied of, dissatisfied with, “fed up” Ja.i.347; Ja.vi.62; Thig.478 (= viratta Thag-a.286); Dhp-a.i.85 (˚hadaya); Vv-a.207 (˚rūpa) Pv-a.159 …

nibbuta →

pts

adjective (lit.) extinguished (of fire), cooled, quenched (fig. desireless (often with nicchāta & sītibhūta), appeased pleased, happy

  1. (lit.) aggi anāhāro n. MN.i.487; Snp.19 (ginī n. = magga-sali …

nibbāna →

pts

… ■ pāragū (victor). pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ anupādāya nibbuto AN.i.162 (cp AN.iv.290 with tiṇṇo…

nibbāpana →

pts

means of extinguishing, extinction, quenching SN.i.188 (cittaṃ pariḍayhati: nibbāpanaṃ brūhi = allayment of the glow); AN.iv.320 (celassa n˚āya chandaṃ karoti: try to put out the burning cloth); Mil.3 …

nibbāpeti →

pts

  1. to extinguish, put out, quench SN.i.188 (mahārāgaṃ); Iti.93 (rāg-aggiṃ; & nibbāpetvā aggiṃ nipakā parinibbanti); cp. aggiṃ nijjāleti Ja.vi.495; Pv.i.8#5 (vārinā viya osiñcaṃ sabbaṃ daraṃ nibbāpaye …

nibbāpita →

pts

adjective extinguished, put out, quenched Ja.iii.99 (= nicchuddha).

pp. of nibbāpeti

nibbāyati →

pts

  1. to be cooled or refreshed, to be covered up = to be extinguished, go out (of fire), to cease to exist, always used with ref. to fire or heat or (fig.) burning sensations (see *[nibbāna](/define/nib …

nicula →

pts

plant (Barringtonia acutangula) Vv-a.134.

Sk. nicula

niddara →

pts

adjective free from fear, pain or anguish Dhp.205 = Snp.257 (explained at Dhp-a.iii.269 by rāgadarathānaṃ abhāvena n.; at Snp-a.299 by kilesapariḷāhâbhāvena n.).

nis + dara

niddisati →

pts

Niddisati & niddissati

to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …

niddissati →

pts

Niddisati & niddissati

to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …

niggumba →

pts

adjective free from bushes, clear Ja.i.187; Mil.3.

Sk. *nirgulma, nis + gumba

nigguṇa →

pts

adjective devoid of good qualities, bad Mil.180.

Sk. nirguṇa, nis + guṇa

nigguṇḍi →

pts

shrub (Vitex Negundo) Mil.223 (˚phala); Vism.257 (˚puppha).

Sk. nirguṇḍī, of obscure etym.

nigāḷhika →

pts

(better variant reading nigāḷhita) sunk down into, immersed in Thag.568 (gūthakūpe).

Sk. nigāḍhita; ni + gāḍhita, see gāḷha2

nigūhana →

pts

covering, concealing, hiding Vv-a.71.

Sk. nigūhana, see nigūhati

nigūhati →

pts

…pp. nigūḷha (q.v.).

Sk. nigūhati, ni + gūhati

nigūḷha →

pts

hidden (down), concealed; (n.) a secret Ja.i.461; Dāvs iii.39.

Sk. nigūḍha, but BSk. nirgūḍha (Divy.256); ni + gūḷha

nijjāleti →

pts

to make an end to a blaze, to extinguish, to put out Ja.vi.495 (aggiṃ).

nis + jāleti

nikkhanta →

pts

adjective gone out, departed from (c. abl.), gone away; also med going out, giving up, figuratively leaving behind, resigning renouncing (fusing in meaning with kanta1 of kāmyati = desirele …

nikāya →

pts

collection (“body”) assemblage, class, group.

  1. generally (always-˚): eka˚; one class of beings Dhs-a.66; tiracchāna˚; the animal kingdom SN.iii.152; deva˚; the assembly of the gods, the g …

nilloketi →

pts

to watch out, keep guard, watch, observe Vin.ii.208.

nis + loketi

nilloḷeti →

pts

Nillāḷeti & Nilloḷeti

to move (the tongue) up & down SN.i.118; MN.i.109; DN-a.i.42 (pp. nillāḷita-jivhā); Dhp-a.iv.197 (jivhaṃ nilloleti; variant reading nillāleti & lilāḷeti) = Ja.v.434 (variant …

nillāḷeti →

pts

Nillāḷeti & Nilloḷeti

to move (the tongue) up & down SN.i.118; MN.i.109; DN-a.i.42 (pp. nillāḷita-jivhā); Dhp-a.iv.197 (jivhaṃ nilloleti; variant reading nillāleti & lilāḷeti) = Ja.v.434 (variant …

nimitta →

pts

  1. sign, omen, portent, prognostication DN.i.9 (study of omens = n. satthaṃ DN-a.i.92, q.v. for detailed expln); Ja.i.11 (caturo nimitte nâddasaṃ); Mil.79, Mil.178 Esp. as pubba˚; signs …

nimmakkha →

pts

adjective without egotism, not false, not slandering Snp.56 (cp Cnd.356 makkha = niṭṭhuriya; see also Snp-a.108; paraguṇa-vināsana-lakkhaṇo makkho).

nis + makkha, cp. Sk. nirmatsara

nimugga →

pts

…(-˚) (c. loc. Vin.iii.106 (gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ n.); DN.i.75; Ja.i.4 Ja.iii.393 (gūthakalale), Ja.iii.415; Mnd.26; Pp.71; Mil.262 Sdhp.573….

nindati →

pts

to blame, find fault with, censure AN.ii.3; AN.v.171 AN.v.174; Snp.658; Ja.vi.63; Dhp.227;
inf. nindituṃ Dhp.230 grd nindanīya Snp-a.477.
pp nindita (q.v.); cp. also nindiya.

Sk. nindati, nid

ninnāmeti →

pts

to bend down, put out (the tongue) DN.i.106 (jivhaṃ = nīharati DN-a.i.276) Ja.i.163, Ja.i.164; cp. Divy.7, Divy.71 (nirṇāmayati).

Caus. of ni + namati

nippariyāya →

pts

  1. without distinction or difference, absence of explanation or demonstration Dhs-a.317 (˚ena not figuratively), Dhs-a.403 (˚desanā); Vv-a.320.
  2. unchangeable, not to be turned Mil.113, Mil.123 Mi …

niraparādha →

pts

adjective without offence, guiltless, innocent Ja.i.264.

nis + aparādha

niraya →

pts

purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hade …

nirutti →

pts

one of the Vedāngas (see chaḷanga), expln of words, grammatical analysis etymological interpretation; pronunciation, dialect way of speaking, expression Vin.ii.139 (pabbajitā… sakāya nirutt …

nitamba →

pts

the ridge of a mountain or a glen, gully DN-a.i.209.

Sk. nitamba; etym. unknown

nivāpa →

pts

food thrown (for feeding), fodder, bait; gift, portion, ration MN.i.151 sq. (Nivāpa-sutta); Ja.i.150; Ja.iii.271; Dhp-a.i.233 (share); Dhp-a.iii.303; Vv-a.63 (diguṇaṃ ˚ṃ pacitvā cooking a double p …

niyyāma →

pts

Niyyāma(ka)

a pilot, helmsman, master mariner, guide Ja.i.107 (thala˚); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.194, Mil.378 sq.; Dāvs iv.42.

Sk. niyāmaka & niryāma(ka). Cp. also P. niyāmaka

niyyāmaka →

pts

Niyyāma(ka)

a pilot, helmsman, master mariner, guide Ja.i.107 (thala˚); Ja.iv.137, Ja.iv.138; Mil.194, Mil.378 sq.; Dāvs iv.42.

Sk. niyāmaka & niryāma(ka). Cp. also P. niyāmaka

niyyāsa →

pts

any exudation (of plants or trees), as gum, resin, juice, etc. Vism.74 (˚rukkha, one of the 8 kinds of trees), Vism.360 (paggharitan- rukkha). Cp. nivāyāsa.

cp. Sk. niryāsa, Ha …

niyyātar →

pts

guide, leader MN.i.523 sq.

n. ag. to niyyāma

niyāmeti →

pts

to restrain, control, govern, guide Mil.378 (nāvaṃ).

Denom. fr. niyāma or niyama

nāga →

pts

  1. a serpent or Nāga demon, playing a prominent part in Buddh. fairy-tales, gifted with miraculous powers & great strength. They often act as fairies are classed with other divinities (see *[devatā]( …

nāma →

pts

name.

  1. Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
    ■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …

nānatta →

pts

(nt. m.) diversity, variety, manifoldness, multiformity, distraction; all sorts of (opp. ekatta, cp. MN.i.364: “the multiformity of sensuous impressions,” M.A.). Enumn of diversity as nānat …

nāyaka →

pts

leader, guide, lord, mostly as epithet of the Buddha (loka˚ “Lord of the World” Snp.991 (loka˚); Mhvs.vii.1 (id.); Sdhp.491 (tilokassa) bala-nāyakā gang leaders Ja.i.103.

BSk. nāyaka (cp. anāyaka wi …

nīta →

pts

past participle led, guided; ascertained, inferred AN.i.60 (˚attha); Ja.i.262; Ja.ii.215 (kāma˚); Ne.21 (˚attha natural meaning, i.e. the primarily inferred sense, opp neyyattha); Sdhp.366 (dun˚). Cp. …

nīti →

pts

guidance, practice, conduct, esp. right conduct, propriety; statesmanship, polity Pv-a.114 (˚mangala commonsense), Pv-a.129 (˚sattha science of statecraft, or of prudent behaviour), Pv-a.130 (˚cint …

nīvāra →

pts

raw rice, paddy DN.i.166; AN.i.241, AN.i.295; AN.ii.206; Pp.55; Ja.iii.144 (˚yāgu).

Sk. nīvāra, unexplained

nīyati FIXME double →

pts

Nīyati

to be led or guided, to go, to be moved SN.i.39 (cittena nīyati loko); Dhp.175; Pv.i.11#1 (= vahīyati Pv-a.56); Ja.i.264 (ppr. nīyamāna) Pv-a.4 (id.); Dhp-a.iii.177; Sdhp.292, Sdhp.302. Als …

o →

pts

Initial o in Pali may represent a Vedic o or a Vedic au (see ojas, ogha, etc.). Or it may be guṇa of u (see oḷārika opakammika, etc.). But it is usually a prefix representing Vedi …

obhāsa →

pts

shine, splendour, light, lustre, effulgence; appearance. In clairvoyant language also “aura (see Cpd. 2141 with C. expln. “rays emitted from the body on account of insight”)-D …

odhunāti →

pts

to shake off MN.i.229; SN.iii.155; AN.iii.365 (+ niddhunāti); Pv.iv.3#54 (variant reading BB ophun˚, SS otu˚) = Pv-a.256; Vin.ii.317 (Bdhgh. in expln. of ogumphetvā of CV. v.11, 6; p. 117 …

ogamana →

pts

going down, setting (of sun & moon), always in contrast to; uggamana (rising), therefore freq.variant reading ogg DN.i.10, DN.i.68; DN-a.i.95 (= atthangamana); Vv-a.326.

o + …

ogha →

pts

  1. (rare in the old texts) a flood of water Vv-a.48 (udak’ ogha); usually as mahogha a great flood Dhp.47; Vism.512; Vv-a.110; Dhp-a.ii.274 = Thag-a.175.
  2. (always in sg.) th …

oghaniya →

pts

adjective that which can be engulfed by floods (metaph.) Dhs.584 (cp. Dhs trsl. 308); Vb.12, Vb.25 & passim; Dhs-a.49.

fr. ogha(na)

ogumpheti →

pts

to string together, wind round, adorn with wreaths, cover, dress Vin.i.194 (pass. ogumphiyanti; vv.ll. ogumbhiyanti ogubbiy˚, ogummīy˚, okumpiy˚); Vin.ii.142 (ogumphetvā).

ava + Denom. of gumpha garland

oguṇṭheti →

pts

to cover, veil over, hide SN.iv.122 (ger. oguṇṭhitvā sīsaṃ, perhaps better read as oguṇṭhitā variant reading SS. okuṇṭhitū)
pp oguṇṭhita (q.v.).

o + guṇṭheti

oguṇṭhita →

pts

covered or dressed (with) Vin.ii.207; Pv-a.86 (variant reading okuṇṭhita).

pp. of oguṇṭheti, cp. BSk. avaguṇṭhita, e.g. Jtm.30

ohiyyaka →

pts

adjective noun one who is left behind (in the house as a guard) Vin.iii.208; Vin.iv.94; SN.i.185 (vihārapāla).

fr. ohīyati, avahiyyati

ojā →

pts

strength, but only in meaning of strength-giving, nutritive essence (appl; d. to food). MN.i.245 SN.ii.87 SN.v.162 (dhamm’) AN.iii.396 Ja.i.68 Dhs.646 Dhs.740, Dhs.875 Mil.156 Dhp-a.ii.15 …

opaguyha →

pts

see opavayha.

opavayha →

pts

adjective noun fit for riding, suitable as conveyance, state-elephant (of the elephant of the king) SN.v.351 = Ne.136 (variant reading opaguyha C. explains by ārohana-yogga); Ja.ii.20 (SS opavuyha); …

opilāpita →

pts

immersed into (loc.), gutted with water, drenched Ja.i.212, Ja.i.214.

pp. of opilāpeti

osadhī →

pts

There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv. …

ottappati →

pts

to feel a sense of guilt, to be conscious or afraid of evil SN.i.154; Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; Pp.20, Pp.21; Dhs.31; Mil.171. Ottappin & Ottapin;

ut + tappati1

pabba →

pts

  1. a knot (of a stalk), joint, section Vin.iv.35; MN.i.80; Ja.i.245 (veḷu˚); Vism.358 (id.; but nāḷika p. 260); Vb-a.63 (id.); Thag.243-angula˚ finger joint Vin.iv.262, MN.i.187; DN-a.i.285-pabba\ …

pabhaṅga →

pts

destruction, breaking up, brittleness Pts.ii.238 (calato pabhangato addhuvato) but id. p. at Cnd.214#ii and Mil.418 read “calato pabhanguto addhuvato.” Pabhangu, Pabhanguna & gura;

fr. pa + bhañj

pabhaṅgu →

pts

Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura

adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.

  1. pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …

pabhaṅgura →

pts

Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura

adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.

  1. pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …

pabhaṅguṇa →

pts

Pabhaṅgu, Pabhaṅguṇa & ˚gura

adjective brittle, easily destroyed, perishable frail.

  1. pabhaṅgu: SN.iii.32; SN.v.92; AN.i.254, AN.i.257 sq. AN.iii.16; Dhs-a.380; Sdhp.51, Sdhp …

paccagū →

pts

…of ˚ga, as in paṭṭhagū, vedagū pāragū. pacca may be praṭya, an adv. formn of prep praṭi, and paṭṭha its doublet. It…

paccaya →

pts

lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.

  1. (lit.) support, req …

pacinati →

pts

Pacinati & Pacināti

  1. to pick, pluck, gather, take up, collect, accumulate SN.iii.89 SN.iv.74 (dukkhaṃ = ācināti p. 73); Dhp.47, Dhp.48 (pupphāni ocinati Dhp-a.i.366); Ja.iii.22; fut. pacinissati Dh …

pacināti →

pts

Pacinati & Pacināti

  1. to pick, pluck, gather, take up, collect, accumulate SN.iii.89 SN.iv.74 (dukkhaṃ = ācināti p. 73); Dhp.47, Dhp.48 (pupphāni ocinati Dhp-a.i.366); Ja.iii.22; fut. pacinissati Dh …

paddhacara →

pts

…Mnd.464 (+ paricārika) Snp-a.597 (+ paricāraka, for paddhagū).

paddha1 + cara, cp. Sk. prādhva and prahva humble

paddhagu →

pts

adjective noun

  1. going, walking Ja.iii.95 (T. na p’ addhaguṃ, but C. reads paddhaguṃ)
  2. humble, ready to serve, servant, attendant, slave SN.i.104 (so read for paccagu); Snp.1095 (T. for paṭṭhagu q …

padhāna →

pts

exertion, energetic effort, striving, concentration of mind DN.iii.30 DN.iii.77, DN.iii.104, DN.iii.108, DN.iii.214, DN.iii.238; MN.ii.174, MN.ii.218; SN.i.47; SN.ii.268 SN.iv.360; SN.v.244 sq.; AN.ii …

pagumba →

pts

thicket, bush, clump of trees Snp.233.

pa + gumba

paguṇa →

pts

adjective learned, full of knowledge, clever, well-acquainted, familiar DN.iii.170; Vv.53#2 (= nipuṇa Vv-a.232); Ja.ii.243; Ja.iv.130; Ja.v.399; Vism.95 (Majjhimo me paguṇo: I am well versed in the …

paguṇatā →

pts

Paguṇatta (nt.) (doubtful) abstr. to paguṇa in expln of pāguññatā at Dhs.48 & Dhs.49 (trsl. fitness competence).

pahāra →

pts

  1. a blow, stroke, hit DN.i.144 (daṇḍa˚); MN.i.123, MN.i.126; Pv.iv.16#7 (sālittaka˚); MN.i.123; Dhp-a.iii.48 (˚dāna-sikkhāpada the precepts concerning those guilty of giving blows cp. Vin.iv.146) P …

pahūta →

pts

adjective sufficient, abundant, much, considerable Snp.428, Snp.862 sq. Pv.i.5#2 (= anappaka, bahu, yāvadattha C.; Dhp at Pv-a.25 gives bahuka as inferior variant); Pv.i.11#7 (= a …

pajjota →

pts

light, lustre, splendour, a lamp SN.i.15, SN.i.47; AN.ii.140; Snp.349; Pp.25 Sdhp.590
■ telapajjota an oil lamp Vin.i.16 = DN.i.85; AN.i.56 ≈ Snp.p.15
■ dhammapajjota the lamp of the Dhamma Mil.21 …

pajānāti →

pts

to know, find out, come to know, understand, distinguish DN.i.45 (yathābhūtaṃ really truly), DN.i.79 (ceto paricca), DN.i.162, DN.i.249; Snp.626, Snp.726 sq., Snp.987; Iti.12 (ceto paricca); Dhp.402; …

pakata →

pts

done, made; as -˚ by nature (cp. pakati) Snp.286; Ja.iv.38; Pv.i.6#8; Pv.ii.3#16; Pv.iii.10#5 (pāpaṃ samācaritaṃ Pv-a.214); Mil.218; Dhp-a.ii.11 (pāpaṃ) Pv-a.31, Pv-a.35, Pv-a.103 (ṭ), Pv-a.124 …

pakka →

pts

adjective

  1. ripe (opp. āma raw, as Vedic; and apakka) and also “cooked, boiled, baked” SN.i.97 (opp. āmaka); SN.iv.324 (˚bhikkhā); Snp.576; Ja.v.286
    ■ nt. pakkaṃ that which is ripe, i.e. a fr …

pakkha →

pts

Pakkha1

  1. side of the body, flank wing, feathers (cp. pakkhin), in compounds -biḷāla a flying fox (sort of bat) Bdhgh on ulūka-camma at Vin.i.186 (MV. Vin.v.2, 4; cp. Vin. Texts ii.1 …

pali →

pts

Pali˚

round, around (= pari) only as prefix in cpds (q.v.). Often we find both pari˚ & pali˚ in the same word.

a variant of pari˚, to be referred to the Māgadhī dialect in which it is found most fre …

paliguṇṭhita →

pts

entangled, covered enveloped Snp.131 (mohena; variant reading BB ˚kuṇṭhita) Ja.ii.150 = Dhp-a.i.144 (variant reading ˚kuṇṭh˚); Dhp-a.iv.56; Mil ii. Explained by *pariyonaddha

palikuṇṭhita →

pts

covered, enveloped, smeared with Ja.ii.92 (lohita˚).

a var. of paliguṇṭhita, q.v. & cp. Geiger,

Pali Grammar

§ 39#1

pallati →

pts

(pallate), is guarded or kept, contracted (poetical) form of pālayate (so Cy.) Ja.v.242.

palāyati →

pts

to run (away) Vin.iii.145 (ubbijjati uttasati p.); AN.ii.33 (yena vā tena vā palayanti); Snp.120; Ja.ii.10; Dhp-a.i.193; Pv-a.253 Pv-a.284 (= dhāvati)
ppr palāyanto SN.i.209 = Thig.248 = Pv.ii. …

pamilāta →

pts

faded, withered, languished Mil.303.

pp. of pa + mlā

pamokkha →

pts

  1. discharging, launching, letting loose, gushing out; in phrases itivāda˚ pouring out gossip MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; DN-a.i.21; and caravāda˚ id. SN.iii.12; SN.v.419.
  2. release deliverance SN. …

pantha →

pts

- a traveller (lit. going by road) SN.i.212 (variant reading addhagū, as at id. p. Thig.55); Ja.iii.95 (variant…

papaṭikā →

pts

  1. a splinter piece, fragment, chip Vin.ii.193 (read tato pap.˚) AN.iv.70 sq. (of ayophāla); Ja.v.333 (same as Vin passage); Mil.179.
  2. the outer dry bark or crust of a tree, falling off in shreads; …

para →

pts

adverb adjective

  1. (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …

parama →

pts

paramatthena Mil.71 (vedagū), Mil.268 (sattûpaladdhi). -gati the highest or best course of life or future exsitence…

pari FIXME double →

pts

Pārivāsika = pari˚

(a probationer), Vin.i.136; Vin.ii.31 sq., where distinguished from a pakatatta bhikkhu, a regular, ordained bh. to whom a pārivāsika is inferior in rank.

pari →

pts

…˚osāna complete end, ˚gūhati to hide well, ˚toseti satisfy very much ˚pūreti fulfil, ˚bhutta thoroughly enjoyed, ˚yañña supreme…

paribhoga →

pts

  1. material for enjoyment, food, feeding Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.432; Mil.156, Mil.403; Dhp-a.ii.66; Snp-a.342.
  2. enjoyment, use Vin.iv.267; SN.i.90 Mnd.262; Vism.33 (with pariyesana & paṭiggahana) Dhp-a. …

paricāra →

pts

fr. serving, attendance; (m.) servant, attendant Thag.632 (C. on this stanza for paddhagū).

paricāreti

parigūhanā →

pts

hiding, concealment, deception Pp.19, Pp.23.

fr. patigūhati

parigūhati →

pts

to hide, conceal AN.i.149; AN.iv.10, AN.iv.31; Pv.iii.4#3 (= paṭicchādeti Pv-a.194).

pari + gūhati

pariharaṇā →

pts

  1. keeping up, preserving, care, attention, pleasure Pv-a.219 (with variant reading ˚caraṇā for paricārikā Pv.iv.1#2).
  2. keeping secret, guarding hiding, deceiving Vb.358 = Pp.23.

= pariharaṇa

pariharitabbatta →

pts

necessity of guarding Vism.98.

abstr. fr. grd. of pariharati

parihāraka →

pts

adjective noun surrounding, encircling; a guard AN.ii.180.

fr. pari + hṛ.

parijegucchā →

pts

intense dislike of, disgust with (-˚) DN.i.25, cp. DN-a.i.115.

pari + jegucchā

parikilamati →

pts

to get tired out, fatigued or exhausted Ja.v.417, Ja.v.421
pp parikilanta (q.v.).

pari + kilamati

parikissati →

pts

to be dragged about or worried, to be harassed, to get into trouble SN.i.39 (trsl. “plagues itself”); AN.ii.177 AN.iv.186; Snp.820 (variant reading Nd i.˚kilissati; explained at Mnd.154 as kissati par …

parimaṇḍala →

pts

adjective

  1. round, circular Ja.i.441; Ja.ii.406 (āvāṭa); Ja.vi.42; Pv.iv.3#28 (guḷa˚); Dhs.617 (explained at Dhs-a.317 as “egg-shaped,” kukkuṭ-aṇḍasaṇṭhāna)
    ■ nt. as adv. in phrase *-ṃ nivā …

parinibbāna →

pts

“complete Nibbāna” in two meanings:

  1. complete extinction of khandhalife; i.e. all possibility of such life & its rebirth, final release from (the misery of) rebirth and transmigration death (after …

parinibbāpeti →

pts

to bring to complete coolness, or training (see next), emancipation or cessation of the life-impulse, to make calm, lead to Nibbāna to exercise self-control, to extinguish fever of craving or fire o …

paripothita →

pts

beaten, whipped Mil.188 (laguḷehi).

pp. of paripotheti

paripāleti →

pts

to watch, guard (carefully) Pv-a.130 (= rakkhati)
pp paripālita (q.v.)
pass -pāliyati Ne.105 (= rakkhitaṃ).

pari + pāleti

paripālita →

pts

guarded Vism.74.

pp. of paripāleti

parirakkhati →

pts

to guard, protect; preserve, maintain Snp.678 (pot. ˚rakkhe) Mil.410; Sdhp.413, Sdhp.553 (sīlaṃ).

pari + rakṣ, cp. abhirakkhati

parirakkhaṇa →

pts

guarding, preserving, keeping Mil.356, Mil.402; Pv-a.130.

fr. pari + rakṣ

parirañjita →

pts

dyed, coloured; fig. marked or distinguished by (instr.) Mil.75.

pari + rañjita

parissama →

pts

fatigue, toil, exhaustion, Vv-a.289, Vv-a.305 (addhāna˚ from journeying); Pv-a.3, Pv-a.43, Pv-a.113 Pv-a.127.

fr. pari + śram

parissanta →

pts

tired, fatigued, exhausted Pv.ii.9#36; Vv-a.305; Sdhp.9, Sdhp.101.

pp. of parissamati

parisā →

pts

surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, …

paritta →

pts

Paritta1

adjective small, little, inferior, insignificant limited, of no account, trifling Vin.i.270; DN.i.45; MN.iii.148 (˚ābha of limited splendour, opp. appamāṇ’ ābha); SN.ii.98; SN.iv. …

parittāyaka →

pts

adjective safeguarding against, sheltering against, keeping away from Vism.376 (angāra-vassaṃ p. thero).

fr. pari + tāyati

parittāṇa →

pts

protection, shelter, refuge, safeguard, safety DN.i.9 (sara from an arrow, i.e. a shield); DN.iii.189; Ja.vi.455; Pv-a.284; Sdhp.396.

  • -kitikā a protecting arrangement Vin.ii.152, cp. *Vin Texts …

parivāra →

pts

  1. surrounding, suite, retinue, followers, entourage, pomp Ja.i.151; Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.75; Pv-a.21, Pv-a.30 (˚cāga-cetana, read pariccāga-cetana?); usually as adj.-˚ surrounded by, in company of …

pariya →

pts

encompassing, fathoming, comprehending (as ger.); penetration, understanding (as n.) Only in phrase ceto-pariya-ñāṇa knowledge encompassing heart or mind (cp. phrase cetasā ceto paricca DN.ii.82 s …

pariyanta →

pts

  1. limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …

pariyatti →

pts

  1. adequacy, accomplishment, sufficiency capability, competency; indriya-paro˚; efficiency in the (knowledge of) thoughts of others SN.v.205; Ne.101 Three accomplishments are distinguished at DN-a …

pariyesanā →

pts

-na (nt.) search, quest, inquiry

  1. (-nā) DN.ii.58, DN.ii.61, DN.ii.280 (twofold, viz. sevitabbā and asevitabbā); DN.iii.289; MN.i.161 (twofold, viz ariyā & anariyā); AN.ii.247 (id.); SN.i.143; …

pariyāhata →

pts

struck out, affected with (-˚), only in phrase takka˚; “beaten out by argumentations” DN.i.16 (cp. DN-a.i.106); MN.i.520.

pari + āhata

pariyāya →

pts

lit. “going round” analysed by Bdhgh in 3 diff. meanings, viz. vāra (turn, course) desanā (instruction, presentation), and kāraṇa (cause reaso …

pariññā →

pts

Pariññā1

feminine accurate or exact knowledge, comprehension full understanding MN.i.66, MN.i.84; SN.iii.26 (yo rāgakkhayo dosā˚ moha˚ ayaṃ vuccati p.), SN.iii.159 sq., SN.iii.191; SN.iv.1 …

pariṇāyaka →

pts

leader, guide, adviser; one of the 7 treasures (ratanāni) of a great king or Cakkavattin (according to Bdhgh on DN.ii.177 the eldest son; in the Lal. Vist. a general cp. Divy.211 Divy.217; Senart, *Lé …

parovara →

pts

adjective noun high & low, far & near; pl. in sense of “all kinds” (cp. uccâvaca). The word is found only in the Sutta Nipāta, viz. Snp.353 (variant reading BB varāvaraṃ, varovaraṃ; explained as “loku …

parāmāsa →

pts

touching contact, being attached to, hanging on, being under the influence of, contagion (Dhs. trsl. 316). In Asl.49, Bdhgh analyses as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s *as …

pasāda →

pts

  1. clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …

patodaka →

pts

adjective noun lit. pushing, spurring; only in phrase aṅguli˚; nudging with one’s fingers Vin.iii.84 = Vin.iv.110 (here to be taken as “tickling”); DN.i.91 (cp Dial. DN.i.113); AN.iv.343.

fr. pa + tud

pavara →

pts

adjective most excellent, noble, distinguished SN.iii.264; Snp.83, Snp.646, Snp.698 (muni˚); Dhp.422 Pp.69; Mil.246; Pv-a.2 (˚dhamma-cakka), Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.39 (˚buddh’āsana); Sdhp.421.

pa + vara

pavatteti →

pts

transitive

  1. to send forth, set going Vin.i.87 (assūni); SN.ii.282 (id.) Ja.i.147 (selagulaṃ pavaṭṭ˚); esp. in phrase dhammacakkaṃ p. to inaugurate the reign of righteousness Vin.i.8, Vin.i.11; MN …

pavattita →

pts

set going, inaugurated, established Vin.i.11 (dhammacakka); MN.iii.29, MN.iii.77; SN.i.191; Snp.556, Snp.557 (dhammacakka); Pv-a.67 (id.), Pv-a.140 (sangīti); Snp-a.454.

pp. of pavatteti

paveṇi →

pts

  1. a braid of hair, i.e. the hair twisted & unadorned AN.iii.56
  2. a mat, cover DN.i.7 ≈ (see *ajina*˚).
  3. custom, usage, wont, tradition Ja.i.89 Ja.ii.353; Ja.v.285; Ja.vi.380 (kula …

pavādiya →

pts

adjective belonging to a disputation, disputing, arguing, talking Snp.885 (n. pl ˚āse, taken by Mnd.293 as pavadanti, by Snp-a.555 as vādino).

fr. pavāda, cp. pavādaka

pavāraṇā →

pts

  1. the Pavāraṇā, a ceremony at the termination of the Vassa Vin.i.155, Vin.i.160 (where 2 kinds cātuddasikā & pannarasikā); Vin.ii.32. Vin.ii.167; DN.ii.220; SN.i.190. pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti to fix or de …

payatta →

pts

making effort, taking care, being on one’s guard, careful Mil.373.

pp. of pa + yat

pañca →

pts

adjective noun masculine

Cases:
■ gen. dat. pañcannaṃ,
■ instr. abl pañcahi,
■ loc. pañcasu;
■ often used in compositional form pañca˚ (cp. Ved. pañcāra with 5 spokes RV i.16413; G …

pañcaka →

pts

adjective fivefold, consisting of five Ja.i.116 (˚kammaṭṭhāna); Dhs. chapters 167–⁠175 (˚naya fivefold system of jhāna, cp. Dhs. translation 52); Snp-a.318 (˚nipāta of Anguttara)
■ nt. pañcakaṃ

paṃsu →

pts

dust, dirt, soil SN.v.459; AN.i.253; Pv.ii.3#7
paṃsvāgārakā playmates SN.iii.190; saha paṃsukīḷitā id. (lit. playing together with mud, making mud pies) AN.ii.186; Ja.i.364; Pv-a.30. Cp. BSk sa …

paṅgu →

pts

adjective lame, crippled, see pakkha3 and next.

Sk. pangu; etym.?

paṅgula →

pts

adjective lame Ja.vi.12; Vism.280.

fr. pangu

paṭhavī →

pts

the earth. Acc to Cnd.389 syn. with jagati. It figures as the first element in enumn of the 4 elements (see dhātu 1), viz p., āpo, tejo, vāyo (earth, water, fire, wind or …

paṭicarati →

pts

  1. to wander about, to deal with Mil.94.
  2. to go about or evade (a question), to obscure a matter of discussion, in phrase aññena aññaṃ p. “to be saved by another in another way,” or to from one (t …

paṭicchādeti →

pts

…(kesehi), Pv-a.194 (= parigūhati). 2. to clothe oneself Vin.i.46. 3. to dress (surgically), to treat (a wound) MN.i.220. 4. to conceal or evade…

paṭigacchati →

pts

to give up, leave behind Ja.iv.482 (gehaṃ); cp. paccagū.

paṭiguhati →

pts

Paṭiguhati (˚gūhati)

to concert, keep back Cp.i.9#18.

paṭi + gūhati

paṭigīta →

pts

song in response, counter song Ja.iv.393. Patiguhati (guhati)

paṭi + gīta

paṭigūhati →

pts

Paṭiguhati (˚gūhati)

to concert, keep back Cp.i.9#18.

paṭi + gūhati

paṭikata →

pts

“done against,” i.e. provided or guarded against Ja.iv.166.

pp. of paṭikaroti

paṭikūlatā →

pts

disgustiveness Vism.343 sq.

fr. paṭikkūla

paṭimanteti →

pts

to discuss in argument, to reply to, answer, refute; as pati˚; at Vin.ii.1; DN.i.93 (vacane), DN.i.94; Dhp.i.263; Ja.vi.82, Ja.vi.294.

paṭi + manteti

paṭimā →

pts

counterpart, image, figure Ja.vi.125; Dāvs v.27; Vv-a.168 (= bimba); Dhs-a.334 - appaṭima (adj.) without a counterpart, matchless incomparable Thag.614; Mil.239.

fr. paṭi + …

paṭipajjati →

pts

to enter upon (a path), to go along, follow out (a way or plan) to go by; fig. to take a line of action, to follow a method to be intent on, to regulate one’s life DN.i.70 (saṃvarāya), DN.i.175 (tatha …

paṭirūpaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) like, resembling, disguised as, in the appearance of, having the form of SN.i.230; Dhp-a.i.29 (putta˚); Pv-a.15 (samaṇa˚). As pati˚ at Snp-a.302, Snp-a.348, Snp-a.390
■ nt. an o …

paṭisanthata →

pts

kindly received (covered, concealed? C.) Ja.vi.23 (= paṭicchāditaṃ guttaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ vā C.).

pp. of paṭisantharati

paṭisaṃyujati →

pts

to connect with, fig. to start, begin (vādaṃ a discussion or argument) SN.i.221 (bālena paṭisaṃyuje = paṭipphareyya C.; “engage himself to bandy with a fool” K.S. 284); Snp.843 (vādaṃ p. paṭippharey …

paṭisena →

pts

repulsion, opposition, enmity, retaliation; only in compound with kṛ; as -senikaroti to make opposition, to oppose, retaliate Snp.932, cp. Mnd.397; -senikattar (n ag.), one who repulses, fight …

paṭiyādeti →

pts

to prepare, arrange, give, dedicate Snp-a.447
pp paṭiyādita (q.v.)
causII. paṭiyādāpeti to cause to be presented or got ready, to assign, advise, give over Vin.i.249 (yā …

paṭṭha →

pts

…of paṭṭhagū Snp.1095; here it clearly means “being near, attending on, a pupil or follower of”). See also…

paṭṭoli →

pts

in yāna˚ at Vism.328 is doubtful. It might be read as yāna-kaḷopi (on account of combination with kumbhimukha), or (preferably) as putoḷi (with variant reading BB), which is a regular variant for mut …

peyya →

pts

Peyya1

to be drunk, drinkable, only in compound or neg. apeyya undrinkable AN.iii.188; Ja.iv.205 Ja.iv.213 (apo apeyyo). maṇḍa˚; to be drunk like cream, i.e. of the b …

phaggu →

pts

special period of fasting MN.i.39; DN-a.i.139. See also pheggu.

in forṃ = Vedic phalgu (small, feeble), but in meaning different

phagguṇa →

pts

Phagguṇī (f.) Name of a month (Feb. 15th–March 15th), marking the beginning of Spring; always with ref. to the spring full moon, as phagguṇa-puṇṇamā at Vism.418; phagguṇi˚ J …

pheggu →

pts

accessory wood, wood surrounding the pith of a tree, always with ref. to trees (freq. in similes), in sequence; mūla sāra, pheggu, taca, papaṭikā etc. It is represented as next to the pith, but infe …

phegguka →

pts

(-˚) adjective having worthless wood, weak, inferior MN.i.488 (apagata˚, where ˚ka belongs to the whole cpd.); Ja.iii.318 (a˚ + sāramaya).

fr. pheggu

pheggutā →

pts

state of dry wood; lack of substance, worthlessness Pp-a.229.

abstr. fr. pheggu

phāla →

pts

Phāla1

masculine & neuter ploughshare SN.i.169; Snp.p.13 & Snp.v.77 (explained as “phāletī ti ph.” Snp-a.147) Ja.i.94; Ja.iv.118; Ja.v.104; Ud.69 (as m.); Dhp-a.i.395.

cp. Vedic phāla

phāsu →

pts

adjective pleasant, comfortable; only neg. ; in phrase aphāsu-karoti to cause discomfort to (dat.) Vin.iv.290; and in compounds -kāma anxious for comfort, desirous of (others) welfare DN.iii …

pidalaka →

pts

small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.

etym.? Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. s …

pipphalī →

pts

long pepper SN.v.79; Ja.iii.85; Vv.43#6; Dhp-a.i.258 (˚guhā npl.); Dhp-a.iv.155.

with aspirate ph for p, as in Sk. pippalī, see Geiger, P.Gr. § 62. See also pippala. Etym. loan words are Gr. πέπε …

pitar →

pts

father
Cases: sg. nom. pitā SN.i.182; Dhp.43; Ja.v.379; Snp-a.423; acc. pitaraṃ Dhp.294; pituṃ Cp.ii.9#3; instr. pitarā Ja.iii.37, pitunā, petyā Ja.v.214; dat. gen. pitu MN.iii.176; …

pitta →

pts

  1. the bile, gall; the bile also as seat of the bilious temperament, excitement or anger. Two kinds are distinguished at Kp-a.60 Vism.260, viz. baddha˚ & abaddha˚;, bile as organ bile as fluid. See …

piyaṅgu →

pts

  1. panic seed, Panicum Italicum Vv.53#7; Ja.i.39; Pv-a.283. Mixed with water and made into a kind of gruel (piyangûdaka) it is used as an emetic Ja.i.419. See also kaṅgu.
  2. a medi …

piḷhaka →

pts

…by “kaṃsalak’ ādi gūthapāṇakā,” which would mean “a low insect breeding in excrements (thus perhaps = paṭanga?). The trsl….

piṅgulā →

pts

species of bird Ja.vi.538.

a var. of Sk. piṅgalā, a kind of owl

piṇḍa →

pts

  1. a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
  2. a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …

piṭaka →

pts

  1. basket Vin.i.225 (ghaṭa p. ucchanga), Vin.i.240 (catudoṇika p.); Pv.iv.3#33; Vism.28 (piṭake nikkhitta-loṇa-maccha-phāla-sadisaṃ phaṇaṃ); dhañña˚ a grain-basket Dhp-a.iii.370; vīhi˚; a ri …

pokkhara →

pts

  1. a lotus plant, primarily the leaf of it, figuring in poetry and metaphor as not being able to be wetted by water Snp.392, Snp.812 (vuccati paduma-pattaṃ Mnd.135); Dhp.336; Iti.84.
  2. the skin of a …

pothana →

pts

Poṭhana & Pothana

(nt.)

  1. striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
  2. (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …

potheti →

pts

Poṭheti & Potheti

  1. to beat, strike Snp.682 (bhujāni = appoṭheti Snp-a.485); Ja.i.188, Ja.i.483 (th), Ja.ii.394; Ja.vi.548 (= ākoṭeti); Dhp-a.i.48; Dhp-a.ii.27 (th), Dhp-a.ii.67 (th); Vv-a.68 (t …

potthaka →

pts

Potthaka1

  1. a book Ja.i.2 (aya˚ ledger); Ja.iii.235, Ja.iii.292; Ja.iv.299, Ja.iv.487; Vv-a.117.
  2. anything made or modelled in clay (or wood etc.), in rūpa˚ a modelled figure Ja.vi.34 …

poṭha →

pts

is aṅguli˚, snapping of one’s fingers (as sign of applause) Ja.v.67. Cp poṭhana & phoṭeti.

fr. puth, cp. poṭhana & poṭheti

poṭhana →

pts

Poṭhana & Pothana

(nt.)

  1. striking, beating Ja.ii.169 (tajjana˚); Ja.v.72 (udaka˚); Ja.vi.41 (kappāsa˚dhanuka). At all Ja passages th.
  2. (th) snapping one’s fingers Ja.i.394 (anguli˚, + celukkh …

poṭheti →

pts

Poṭheti & Potheti

  1. to beat, strike Snp.682 (bhujāni = appoṭheti Snp-a.485); Ja.i.188, Ja.i.483 (th), Ja.ii.394; Ja.vi.548 (= ākoṭeti); Dhp-a.i.48; Dhp-a.ii.27 (th), Dhp-a.ii.67 (th); Vv-a.68 (t …

pubba →

pts

Pubba1

pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp- …

pubbaka →

pts

adjective

  1. former, ancient, living in former times DN.i.104 (isayo), DN.i.238 (id.); Snp.284 (id.) SN.ii.105; SN.iv.307 (ācariya-pācariyā); Thag.947.
  2. (-˚; cp. pubba2 1) having forme …

puggala →

pts

…kodhagaru˚ AN.ii.46; gūtha˚, puppha˚ madhubhāṇī˚ AN.i.128; dakkhiṇeyya˚ Vv-a.5; diṭṭhisampanna AN.i.26 sq.; AN.iii.439 sq.;…

puna →

pts

indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only fou …

pure →

pts

indeclinable before (both local & temporal), thus either “before, in front” or “before, formerly, earlier.” In both meanings the opp. is pacchā -

  1. local SN.i.176 (pure hoti t …

purisa →

pts

man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso …

puthu →

pts

adjective

  1. (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …

putta →

pts

  1. a son SN.i.210; Snp.35, Snp.38, Snp.60, Snp.557, Snp.858; Dhp.62, Dhp.84 Dhp.228, Dhp.345; Ja.iv.309; Vism.645 (simile of 3 sons); Pv-a.25, Pv-a.63, Pv-a.73 sq.; DN-a.i.157 (dāsaka˚). Four kind …

puñja →

pts

…AN.iv.72; Ja.ii.327; gūtha˚ Ja.ii.211; tiṇa˚ AN.iii.408; palāla˚ DN.i.71; MN.iii.3; AN.i.241; AN.ii.210 maṃsa˚ DN.i.52;…

puṇṇa →

pts

full seldom by itself (only passage so far pannarase puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā DN.i.47 = Snp.p.139). nor-(only Snp.835 muttakarīsa˚), usually in compounds, and there mostly restricted to phrases rela …

puṭa →

pts

orig. meaning “tube,” container, hollow pocket.

  1. a container, usually made of leaves (cp Ja.iv.436; Ja.v.441; Ja.vi.236), to carry fruit or other viands a pocket, basket: ucchu˚; basket for sugar …

pācana →

pts

Pācana1

neuter bringing to boil, cooking Ja.i.318 (yāgu˚). Cp. pari˚.

fr. pac, Caus. pāceti

Pācana2

neuter a goad, stick SN.i.172; Snp.p.13; Snp.v.77; Ja.iii.281; Ja.iv.310 …

pāda →

pts

  1. the foot, usually pl. pādā both feet, e.g. Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34, Vin.i.188; Iti.111; Snp.309, Snp.547, Snp.768, Snp.835, Snp.1028; Ja.ii.114; Ja.iv.137; Dhp-a.iii.196; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.40, …

pāgusa →

pts

certain kind of fish Ja.iv.70 (as gloss, T. reads pāvusa, SS puṭusa, BB pātusa & pāvuma; C. explains as mahā-mukha-maccha).

cp. Sk. vāgusa, a sort of large fish Halāyudha 3, 37

pāguññatā →

pts

being familiar with, experience Dhs.48, Dhs.49; Vism.463 sq. Vism.466.

abstr. of pāguñña, which is der. fr. paguna

pāhuna →

pts

  1. (m.) a guest AN.iii.260; Ja.vi.24, Ja.vi.516.
  2. (nt.) meal for a guest DN.i.97 = MN.ii.154; Vism.220; DN-a.i.267.

fr. pa + ā + hu, see also āhuna & der.

pāhunaka →

pts

  1. (m.) a guest Ja.i.197; Ja.iv.274; Mil.107; DN-a.i.267, DN-a.i.288; Dhp-a.ii.17.
  2. (nt.) meal for a guest SN.i.114.

fr. pāhuna

pāhuṇeyya →

pts

adjective worthy of hospitality, deserving to be a guest DN.iii.5; SN.i.220 SN.ii.70; AN.ii.56; AN.iii.36, AN.iii.134, AN.iii.248, AN.iii.387; AN.iv.13 sq.; AN.v.67 AN.v.198; Iti.88; Vism.220.

fr. pā …

pākāsiya →

pts

adjective evident, manifest, open, clear Ja.vi.230 (opp. guyha; C. pākāsika).

fr. pa + ā + kāś, cp. pakāsati & Class. Sk. prākāśya

pāla →

pts

(-˚) a guard, keeper, guardian, protector SN.i.185 (vihāra˚); Ja.v.222 (dhamma˚); Vv-a.288 (ārāma˚); Sdhp.285. See also go˚, loka˚.

fr. , see pāleti

pālaka →

pts

(-˚) a guardian, herdsman MN.i.79; SN.iii.154; AN.iv.127; Ja.iii.444.

fr.

pālanā →

pts

guarding, keeping Ja.i.158; Dhs.19, Dhs.82,295. Pali (Pali)

fr. pāleti cp. Epic Sanskrit pālana nt.

pāleti →

pts

  1. to protect, guard, watch, keep Snp.585; Ja.i.55; Ja.iv.127; Ja.vi.589; Mil.4 (paṭhavī lokaṃ pāleti, perhaps in meaning “keeps holds, encircles,” similar to meaning 2); Sdhp.33.
  2. (lit. perhaps “to …

pāli →

pts

Pāli (Pāḷi)

feminine

  1. a line, row Dāvs iii.61; Dāvs iv.3; Vism.242 (dvattiṃs’ ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87.
  2. a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon …

pāliguṇṭhima →

pts

adjective covered round (of sandals Vin.i.186 (Vin. Texts ii.15: laced boots); variant reading BB ˚gunṭhika.

doubtful, fr pali + guṇṭh, see paliguṇṭhita; hapax legomenon

pāna →

pts

cp. Gr. πίνω to drink, πότος drink; Obulg piti to drink, pivo drink; Lith. penas milk; Lat. potus drink, poculum drinking vessel (= Sk. pātra, P. patta) drink, including water as well as any other liq …

pāra →

pts

…sq.; Dhp-a.ii.160.

  • - (a) gone beyond, i.e. passed transcended, crossed SN.i.195 = Cnd.136#a (dukkhassa), SN.iv.210…

pārivāsika →

pts

Pārivāsika = pari˚

(a probationer), Vin.i.136; Vin.ii.31 sq., where distinguished from a pakatatta bhikkhu, a regular, ordained bh. to whom a pārivāsika is inferior in rank.

pāsāṇa →

pts

rock, stone AN.i.283; Snp.447; Ja.i.109, Ja.i.199; Ja.v.295; Vism.28, Vism.182, Vism.183; Vb-a.64 (its size as cpd with pabbata); Dhp-a.iii.151; Dhs-a.389; Vv-a.157; Sdhp.328.

  • *-[gu …

pāvusa →

pts

  1. rain, the rainy season (its first 2 months) Thag.597; Ja.v.202 Ja.v.206.
  2. a sort of fish Ja.iv.70 (gloss pāgusa, q.v.).

pa + vṛṣ, cp. Vedic prāvṛṣa & pravarṣa

pāyeti →

pts

  1. to give to drink, to make drink DN.ii.19; Snp.398 (Pot. pāyaye); Mil.43 Mil.229; Dhp-a.i.87 (amataṃ); Vv-a.75 (yāguṃ); Pv-a.63 aor. apāyesi SN.i.143; ger. pāyetvā Ja.i.202 …

pāḷi →

pts

Pāli (Pāḷi)

feminine

  1. a line, row Dāvs iii.61; Dāvs iv.3; Vism.242 (dvattiṃs’ ākāra˚), Vism.251 (danta˚); Snp-a.87.
  2. a line, norm thus the canon of Buddhist writings; the text of the Pāli Canon …

pāṭirūpika →

pts

adjective assuming a disguise, deceitful, false Snp.246.

fr. paṭirūpa, cp. paṭirūpaka

pīlikoḷikā →

pts

…Thig.395 (= akkhigūthaka Thag-a.259, q.v. for fuller expln; see also J.P.T.S. 1884, 88).

reading not quite sure, cp….

pīḷeti →

pts

  1. to press, press down Vin.ii.225 (coḷakaṃ).
  2. to weigh down heavily Ja.i.25 (ppr. pīḷiyamāna), Ja.i.138.
  3. to press, clench Mil.418 (muṭṭhiṃ pīḷayati); Dhp-a.iv.69 (anguliyā pīḷiyamānāya).
  4. to …

pūga →

pts

Pūga1

neuter heap, quantity; either as n. with gen or as adj. = many, a lot Snp.1073 (pūgaṃ vassānaṃ bahūni vassāni Cnd.452); Pv.iv.7#9 (pūgāni vassāni) Vb-a.2 (khandhaṭṭha, piṇḍ˚, pūg˚). …

r →

pts

-R-

the letter (or sound) r, used as euphonic consonant to avoid hiatus. The sandhi-r-originates from the final r of nouns in ˚ir & ˚ur of the Vedic period. In Pali it is felt as euphonic conso …

rahassaka →

pts

adjective secret Mil.91 (guyhaṃ na kātabbaṃ na rahassakaṃ).

fr. rahassa

rajanīya →

pts

adjective of the nature of rajas, i.e. leading to lust, apt to rouse excitement, enticing lustful.

  1. As epithet of rūpa (vedanā saññā etc.) SN.iii.79; also at DN.i.152 sq. (dibbāni …

rajati →

pts

usually intrs. rajjati (q.v.). As rajitabba (grd.) in meaning “to be bleached” (dhovitabba +) only in meaning “bleach” (as compared with *[dhovati](/define …

rakkha →

pts

adjective (-˚) guarding or to be guarded

  1. act.: dhamma˚; guardian of righteousness or truth Mil.344
  2. pass.: in cpd. dū˚; variant reading du

hard to guard Dhp-a.i.295. ˚kathā, s. l. rukkh …

rakkhaka →

pts

adjective noun

  1. guarding, protecting, watching, taking care Pv-a.7; f. -ikā (dāsī) Dhp-a.iv.103 (a servant watching the house).
  2. observing, keeping Ja.i.205 (sīla˚).
  3. a cultivator Ja.ii.11 …

rakkhana →

pts

  1. keeping, protection, guarding Ne.41; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.72 (rahassa˚-atthāya so that he should keep the secret); Pv-a.7.
  2. observance keeping Vv-a.71 (uposatha-sīla˚); Pv-a.102 (sīla˚), Pv-a.210 …

rakkhati →

pts

  1. to protect, shelter, save, preserve Snp.220; Ja.iv.255 (maṃ rakkheyyātha); Ja.vi.589 (= pāleti); Pv.ii.9#43 (dhanaṃ); Mil.166 (rukkhaṃ), Mil.280 (attānaṃ rakkheyya save himself); Pv-a.7
    grd * …

rakkhita →

pts

guarded, protected, saved SN.iv.112 (rakkhitena kāyena, rakkhitāya vācāya etc.) AN.i.7 (cittaṃ r.); Snp.288 (dhamma˚), Snp.315 (gottā˚) Vv-a.72 (mātu˚, pitu˚ etc.); Pv-a.61, Pv-a.130
Note. *r …

rakkhā →

pts

shelter, protection, care AN.ii.73 (+ parittā); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.3; Ja.i.140 (bahūhi rakkhāhi rakkhiyamāna); Pv-a.198 (˚ṃ saṃvidahati) Often in combination rakkhā + āvaraṇa (+ gutti) shelter defe …

rasa →

pts

Rasa1

that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism.447 is as follows “jivhā-paṭihanana-lakkhaṇo raso, jivhā-viññāṇassa visaya-bhāvo raso, tass’ ev …

ratana →

pts

Ratana1

neuter

  1. (lit.) a gem, jewel Vv-a.321 (not = ratana2, as Hardy in Index) Pv-a.53 (nānāvidhāni)
    ■ The 7 ratanas are enumerated under veḷuriya (Mil.267). They are …

ratani →

pts

cubit Mil.85 (aṭṭha rataniyo).

Sk. aratni “elbow” with apocope and diaeresis; given at Halāyudha 2, 381 as “a cubit, or measure from the elbow to the tip of the little finger.” The form ratni also oc …

raṇa →

pts

  1. fight, battle; only in Thig.360 (raṇaṃ karitvā kāmānaṃ): see discussed below; also late at Mhvs.35, Mhvs.69 (Subharājaṃ raṇe hantvā).
  2. intoxication, desire, sin, fault. This meaning is the Buddhi …

roga →

pts

illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be ment …

rohati →

pts

for the Sk. rohati of ruh to grow we find the regular P. correspondent rūhati: see rūhati1. The Caus. of this verb is ropeti (t …

ropeti →

pts

Ropeti1

  1. to plant or sow Ja.i.150 (nivāpatiṇaṃ); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.42 (amb’ aṭṭhikaṃ); Mhvs.19, Mhvs.56; Dhp-a.ii.109.
  2. to put up, fix Ja.i.143 (sūlāni).
  3. to further, increase, make grow …

ruci →

pts

  1. splendour, light, brightness Snp.548 (su˚ very splendid; Snp-a.453 = sundara-sarīrappabha).
  2. inclination, liking, pleasure Pv-a.59 (˚ṃ uppādeti to find pleasure, to be satisfied)
    ■ *aruci …

rucira →

pts

adjective brilliant, beautiful, pleasant, agreeable Pv.i.10#9 (= ramaṇīya dassanīya Pv-a.51); Ja.i.207; Ja.v.299; Vv.40#2 (so read for rurira) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.11; Mhvs.18, Mhvs.68; Dāvs iv.29; Mil.2, M …

rujanaka →

pts

adjective aching, hurting Dhp-a.iv.69 (anguli).

fr. rujana

rukkha →

pts

tree. In the rukkha-mūlik’ anga (see below) Bdhgh at Vism.74 gives a list of trees which are not to be selected for the practice of “living at the root of a tree.” These are sīmantarika-rukkha, ceti …

rāga →

pts

  1. colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin.ii.107 (anga˚ “rougeing” the body bhikkhū angarāgaṃ karonti); Thag-a.78; Snp-a.315 (nānāvidha˚).
  2. (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement passion; seldom by …

rājan →

pts

Rājā (Rājan)

king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …

rāji →

pts

Rāji1

a streak, line, row Snp.p.107 (nīla-vana˚ = dark line of trees, explained as nīla-vana rukkha-panti Snp-a.451); Vv.64#4 (nabhyo sata-rāji-cittita “coloured with 100 streaks”; V …

rājā →

pts

Rājā (Rājan)

king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …

rāsi →

pts

  1. heap, quantity, mass Iti.17; usually -˚, e.g. aṅgāra˚ heap of cinders Ja.i.107; kaṇikārapuppha˚ of k. flowers Vv-a.65; kahāpaṇa˚ of money Pv-a.162; tila˚ of seeds Vv-a.54; dhañña˚ of …

rūpa →

pts

form, figure, appearance, principle of form, etc.

  1. Definitions. According to P. expositors rūpa takes its designation fr. ruppati, e.g. “ruppanato rūpaṃ” Vism.588; “ruppan’ a …

rūpaka →

pts

form, figure; likeness of, image (-˚); representation Vin.ii.113 (rūpak’ okiṇṇāni pattāni of painted bowls); Thig.394 (see *ruppa*˚); Dhp-a.i.370 (maṇi˚ jewelled image); Dhp-a.ii.6 …

rūḷhi →

pts

lit. ascent, growth see *vi
■ fig. what has grown by custom tradition, popular meaning of a word (˚sadda). The fig. meaning is the one usually found in Pāli, esp. in Abhidhamma and …

sacca →

pts

adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly S …

sagguṇa →

pts

good quality, virtue Sdhp.313.

sat + guṇa

saguḷa →

pts

cake with sugar Ja.vi.524. Cp. saṅguḷikā.

sa3 + guḷa2

saguṇa →

pts

adjective either “with the string,” or “in one”; Vin.i.46 (saguṇaṃ karoti to put together, to fold up; C ekato katvā). This interpretation (as “put together”) is much to be preferred to the one given …

sahassa →

pts

thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = J …

sakaṭa →

pts

Sakaṭa1

masculine & neuter a cart, waggon; a cartload DN.ii.110; Vin.iii.114; Ja.i.191; Mil.238; Pv-a.102; Vb-a.435 (simile of two carts); Snp-a.58 (udaka-bharita˚), Snp-a.137 (bīja˚) …

sakkhali →

pts

(& -ikā) feminine

  1. the orifice of the ear: see *kaṇṇa*˚.
  2. a sort of cake or sweetmeat (cp sanguḷikā) AN.iii.76 (T. sakkhalakā; variant reading ˚likā & sankulikā); Vin.iii.59; …

sakkā →

pts

indeclinable possible (lit. one might be able to); in the older language still used as a Pot., but later reduced to an adv. with infin. E.g. sakkā sāmaaññphalaṃpaññāpetuṃ would one be able to point …

sakkāya →

pts

the body in being, the existing body or group (= -nikāya q.v.); as a t.t. in P. psychology almost equal to individuality; identified with the five khandhas MN.i.299; SN.iii.159; …

sakuṇa →

pts

bird (esp. with ref. to augury) DN.i.71 (pakkhin +); Vin.iii.147; SN.i.197; AN.ii.209 AN.iii.241 sq., AN.iii.368; Ja.ii.111, Ja.ii.162 (Kandagala); Kp-a.241 pantha˚; see under *[pantha](/define/pa …

sama →

pts

Sama1

calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.

fr. śam: see sammati1

Sa …

samabhisiñcati →

pts

to inaugurate as a king Mhvs.4, Mhvs.6; v.14.

saṃ + abhisiñcati

samajjhagaṃ →

pts

(B ˚-guṃ) aor. from sam-adhi-gā. (See samadhigacchati.)

samala →

pts

…BSk….

samanantara →

pts

adjective immediate; usually in abl. (as adv.); samanantarā immediately, after, just after DN.ii.156; Vin.i.56; rattibhāga-samanantare at midnight Ja.i.101.

  • *-[paccaya](/ …

samappita →

pts

  1. made over, consigned Dhp.315; Snp.333; Thig.451.
  2. endowed with (-˚) affected with, possessed of Ja.v.102 (kaṇṭakena); Pv.iv.1#6 (= allīna Pv-a.265); Pv-a.162 (soka-salla˚-hadaya) Vism.303 (s …

sambodhi →

pts

the same as sambodha, the highest enlightenment DN.i.156; DN.ii.155; Dhp.89 = SN.v.29; Snp.478; SN.i.68, SN.i.181; AN.ii.14; Iti.28, Iti.42, Iti.117; Snp-a.73 See also sammā˚. …

sammati →

pts

Sammati1 [śam

Dhtp.436 = upasama]

  1. to be appeased, calmed; to cease Dhp.5; Pot 3rd pl. sammeyyuṃ SN.i.24
  2. to rest, to dwell DN.i.92; SN.i.226; Ja.v.396; DN-a.i.262 (= vasa …

sampadā →

pts

  1. attainment, success accomplishment; happiness, good fortune; blessing bliss AN.i.38; Pv.ii.9#47 (= sampatti Pv-a.132)
    ■ Sampadā in its pregnant meaning is applied to the accomplishments of th …

samudda →

pts

(large) quantity of water, e.g. the Ganges; the sea the ocean DN.i.222; MN.i.493; AN.i.243; AN.ii.48 sq. AN.iii.240; DN.iii.196, DN.iii.198; SN.i.6, SN.i.32, SN.i.67; Ja.i.230; Ja.iv.167 Ja.iv.172; Dh …

samādhi →

pts

  1. concentration; a concentrated, self-collected, intent state of mind and meditation which, concomitant with right living, is a necessary condition to the attainment of higher wisdom and emancipatio …

sappi →

pts

clarified butter, ghee DN.i.9, DN.i.141, DN.i.201; AN.i.278; AN.ii.95, AN.ii.207 (˚tela); AN.iii.219; AN.iv.103; Snp.295 (˚tela). Dhs.646; Ja.i.184; Ja.ii.43; Ja.iv.223 (˚tela) Vin.i.58, etc. *-maṇḍa …

sappāya →

pts

adjective likely, beneficial fit, suitable AN.i.120; SN.iii.268; SN.iv.23 sq., SN.iv.133 sq. (Nibbāna˚ paṭipadā); Ja.i.182, Ja.i.195; Ja.ii.436 (kiṃci sappāyaṃ something that did him good, a remedy); …

sara →

pts

Sara1

  1. the reed Saccharum sara Mil.342.
  2. an arrow (orig. made of that reed) DN.i.9; Dhp.304; Mil.396; Dhp-a.216 (visa-pīta).

saritaka →

pts

powdered stone (pāsāna-cuṇṇa) Vin.ii.116; saritasipāṭika powder mixed with gum Vin.ii.116.

sassara →

pts

imitative of the sound sarasara; chinnasassara giving out a broken or irregular sound of sarasara. MN.i.128 ‣See *> Journal of the Pali Text Society

,* 1889, p. 209.

sata →

pts

Sata1

(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN. …

satta →

pts

Satta1

hanging, clinging or attached to Vin.i.185; DN.ii.246; Mnd.23, Mnd.24; Dhp.342; Ja.i.376 Cp. āsatta1 & byāsatta.

pp. of sañj: sajjati

Satta2

  1. (m.) a li …

sattapaṇṇi-rukkha →

pts

Sattapaṇṇi-rukkha

Name of a tree Mhvs.30, Mhvs.47; cp. sattapaṇṇi-guhā Name of a cave Kp-a.95.

sañjānana →

pts

(f.) knowing, perceiving, recognition Mil.61; DN-a.i.211; characteristic, that by which one is distinguished Dhs-a.321. As f. at Dhs.4; Dhs-a.110, Dhs-a.140 (translation Expos. 185: “the a …

saññā →

pts

saññāyo and saññā-e.g. MN.i.108)

  1. sense, consciousness, perception, being the third khandha Vin.i.13; MN.i.300; SN.iii.3 sq.; Dhs.40 Dhs.58, Dhs.61, Dhs.113; Vb-a.42.
  2. sense, perception, discer …

saḷāyatana →

pts

the six organs of sense and the six objects-viz., eye ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; forms, sounds, odouis tastes, tangible things, ideas; occupying the fourth place in the Paṭiccasamuppāda DN.ii …

saṃrakkhati →

pts

to guard, ward off Sdhp.364.

saṃ + rakkhati

saṃvuta →

pts

  1. closed DN.i.81.
  2. tied up Ja.iv.361.
  3. restrained, governed, (self-)controlled guarded DN.i.250; DN.iii.48, DN.iii.97; SN.ii.231; SN.iv.351 sq.; AN.i.7 (cittaṃ); AN.ii.25; AN.iii.387; Iti.96, It …

saṅghaṭṭana →

pts

(f.)

  1. rubbing or striking together, close contact, impact SN.iv.215 SN.v.212; Ja.vi.65; Vism.112; DN-a.i.256 (anguli˚).
  2. bracelet (?) Snp-a.96 (on Snp.48).

fr. sanghaṭṭeti

saṅgopeti →

pts

to guard; to keep, preserve; to hold on to (acc.) Ja.iv.351 (dhanaṃ).

saṃ + gopeti

saṅguḷikā →

pts

cake Vin.ii.17; Dhp-a.ii.75; cp sankulikā AN.iii.78.

either = Sk. śaṣkulikā, cp, sakkhali 2, or fr. saguḷa = sanguḷa

saṅkhāra →

pts

one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost i …

saṅkhāta →

pts

agreed on, reckoned; (-˚) so-called, named DN.i.163 (akusala˚ dhammā); DN.iii.65 DN.iii.133 = Vin.iii.46 (theyya˚ what is called theft); DN-a.i.313 (the sambodhi, by which is meant that of the thre …

saṅkuli →

pts

kind of cake Ja.vi.580.

cp. sakkhali 2 & sanguḷikā

saṇḍa →

pts

heap, cluster, multitude; a grove (vana˚ DN.i.87; SN.iii.108; Vin.i.23; Ja.i.134 (vana˚); satta˚ teeming with beings Iti.21
Jambu˚; Name of Jambudīpa Snp.352 = Thag.822 (variant reading ˚maṇḍa …

saṇṭhāna →

pts

  1. configuration, position; composition, nature, shape, form Vin.ii.76; MN.i.120 (spelt ˚nth˚); AN.i.50; AN.iv.190 (C. osakkana); Mil.270 Mil.316, Mil.405; Ja.i.71, Ja.i.291, Ja.i.368; Ja.ii.108; Vism …

sela →

pts

rocky Dhp.8; (m.) rock, stone, crystal SN.i.127; DN.ii.39; AN.iii.346; Dhp.81; Ja.ii.14; Vin.i.4 sq.; Vin.iii.147; Ja.ii.284.

  • -guḷa a rocky ball Ja.i.147.
  • *-[maya](/define/may …

senā →

pts

an army Vin.i.241; Vin.iv.104 sq. (where described as consisting of hatthī assā, rathā, pattī), Vin.iv.160; SN.i.112; AN.iii.397; AN.v.82; Ja.ii.94; Mil.4; Mnd.95 (Māra˚), Mnd.174 (id.).

  • *-[gutta] …

senāsana →

pts

sleeping and sitting, bed & chair, dwelling, lodging Vin.i.196, Vin.i.294, Vin.i.356; Vin.ii.146 Vin.ii.150 (˚parikkhāra-dussa); Vin.iii.88 etc.; DN.ii.77; AN.i.60; Iti.103, Iti.109; DN-a.i.208; Ja. …

seṇi →

pts

  1. a guild Vin.iv.226; Ja.i.267, Ja.i.314; Ja.iv.43; Dāvs ii.124; their number was eighteen Ja.vi.22, Ja.vi.427; Vb-a.466. --pamukha the head of a guild Ja.ii.12 (text seni-)
  2. a division of …

seṭṭhi →

pts

foreman of a guild, treasurer, banker, “City man”, wealthy merchant Vin.i.15 sq. Vin.i.271 sq.; Vin.ii.110 sq., Vin.ii.157; SN.i.89; Ja.i.122; Ja.ii.367 etc. Rājagaha˚ the merchant of Rājagaha Vin.ii. …

siggu →

pts

name of a tree (Hyperanthera moringa) Ja.iii.161; Ja.v.406.

cp. Vedic śigru, Name of a tribe; as a tree in Suśruta

sikkhāpada →

pts

set of precepts, “preceptorial,” code of training; instruction, precept, rule

  1. in general: DN.i.63, DN.i.146, DN.i.250; MN.i.33; AN.i.63, AN.i.235 sq. AN.ii.14, AN.ii.250 sq.; AN.iii.113, AN.iii.26 …

silesa →

pts

junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).

fr. śliṣ

silā →

pts

stone, rock Vin.i.28; SN.iv.312 sq.; Vin.445; DN-a.i.154; Ja.v.68; Vism.230 (in comparison) Vb-a.64 (var. kinds); a precious stone, quartz Vin.ii.238; Mil.267, Mil.380; Vv.84#15 (= phalika˚ Vv-a.33 …

sinduvāra →

pts

the tree Vitex negundo DN-a.i.252; Dhs-a.14, Dhs-a.317; also spelt sindhavāra Vv-a.177 sinduvārikā Ja.vi.269; sindhuvāritā (i.e. sinduvārikā? Ja.vi.550 = Ja.vi.553; *[s …

sineha →

pts

Sineha & sneha

Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.

  1. sineha:
    1. viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …

siniyhati →

pts

(to be moist or sticky, fig.) to feel love, to be attached Vism.317 = Dhs-a.192 (in defn of mettā). Caus. sineheti (sneheti, snehayati) to lubricat …

sipāṭikā →

pts

  1. pericarp MN.i.306; Vv.84#33; Vv-a.344; hingu˚ a s. yielding gum Vin.i.201. Also written sipātikā; thus ādiṇṇasipātikā with burst pod or fruit skin SN.iv.193.
  2. a small case receptacle; khura˚ a …

siri →

pts

Sirī (siri)

feminine

  1. splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
  2. luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …

sirā →

pts

bloodvessel, vein Mhvs.37, Mhvs.136; nerve, tendon, gut Ja.v.344, Ja.v.364; --jāla the network of veins Ja.v.69; Pv-a.68.

Sk. sirā

sirī →

pts

Sirī (siri)

feminine

  1. splendour, beauty Snp.686 (instr. siriyā); Ja.vi.318 (siriṃ dhāreti).
  2. luck, glory majesty, prosperity SN.i.44 (nom. siri); Ja.ii.410 (siriṃ) Ja.ii.466; DN-a.i.148; Vv-a. …

sittha →

pts

lump of boiled rice Vin.ii.165, Vin.ii.214; Ja.i.189, Ja.i.235; Ja.v.387; Ja.vi.358 (odana˚), Ja.vi.365 (yāgu˚); Pv-a.99; sitthatelaka oil of beeswax Vin.ii.107, Vin.ii.151.

  • -āvakārakaṃ (adv.) …

siṅgu →

pts

kind of fish Ja.v.406; plur. singū Ja.vi.537. According to Abhp. singū is m. and Payogasiddhi gives it as nt.

sneha →

pts

Sineha & sneha

Both forms occur without distinction; sneha more frequently (as archaic) in poetry.

  1. sineha:
    1. viscous liquid, unctuous moisture, sap SN …

sobhañjana →

pts

the tree Hyperanthica moringa Ja.v.405; sobhañjanaka the same Ja.iii.161 (= siggurukkha, C.), Ja.vi.535.

su →

pts

Su1

indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffi …

subha →

pts

adjective shining, bright, beautiful DN.i.76 = DN.ii.13 = MN.iii.102; Dhs.250; DN-a.i.221; auspicious, lucky, pleasant Snp.341; Iti.80 good Snp.824, Snp.910; subhato maññati to consider as a good thi …

sugata →

pts

faring well, happy, having a happy life after death (gati): see under gata; cp. Vism.424 (s. sugati-gata). Freq. Epithet of the Buddha (see Dict. of Names).

  • *-[aṅgula](/define/a …

sugati →

pts

happiness, bliss, a happy fate (see detail under gati) Vin.ii.162, Vin.ii.195; DN.i.143; DN.ii.141 Pp.60; Iti.24, Iti.77, Iti.112; AN.iii.5, AN.iii.205; AN.v.268; Vism.427 (where def …

sutta →

pts

Sutta1

asleep Vin.iii.117; Vin.v.205; DN.i.70; DN.ii.130; Dhp.47; Iti.41; Ja.v.328
■ (nt.) sleep DN.ii.95; MN.i.448; SN.iv.169. In phrase --pabuddha “awakened from sleep” referring t …

suva →

pts

parrot Ja.i.324; Ja.iv.277 sq.; Ja.vi.421; Ja.vi.431 sq. (the two: Pupphaka & Sattigumba); Dhp-a.i.284 (˚rājā). fem. suvī Ja.vi.421.

cp. Sk. śuka

suvaṇṇa →

pts

of good colour, good, favoured, beautiful DN.i.82; Dhs.223; Iti.99; AN.iv.255; Pp.60; Ja.i.226; suvaṇṇa (nt.) gold SN.iv.325 sq.; Snp.48, Snp.686 Cnd.687 (= jātarūpa); Kp-a.240; Vv-a.104; often toge …

sādheti →

pts

  1. to accomplish, further, effect Ja.ii.236 (Pot. sādhayemase).
  2. to make prosperous Pv-a.113, Pv-a.125
  3. to arrange, prepare Mhvs.7, Mhvs.24.
  4. to perform execute Ja.i.38 (ārāmika-kiccaṃ); DN- …

sāmā →

pts

medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.

Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka

sāpateyya →

pts

property, wealth DN.i.142 DN.ii.180; DN.iii.190; Vin.i.72, Vin.i.274; Vin.iii.66; Ja.i.439, Ja.i.466 Thig.340; Thag-a.240; Ja.v.117 (sāpateya, var. read sāpatiyya); Dhp-a.i.67.

sā (= guṇa of sva) \ …

sāra →

pts

  1. essential, most excellent, strong AN.ii.110; Vin.iv.214; Ja.iii.368; Pp.53.
  2. (m.) the innermost, hardest part of anything, the heart or pith of a tree (see also pheggu) MN.i.1 …

sārada →

pts

adjective autumnal, of the latest harvest, this year’s, fresh AN.iii.404 = DN.iii.354 (bījāni fresh seeds); AN.i.135, AN.i.181 (badara-paṇḍu) SN.iii.54; SN.v.380; Mil.255; Dhp.149 (but at this pass …

sāvajjatā →

pts

guilt Mil.293.

fr. last

sīhaḷa →

pts

Ceylon; (adj.) Singhalese Mhvs.7, Mhvs.44 sq.; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.62; Mhvs.37, Mhvs.175; Dhvs 9, 1; Kp-a.47, Kp-a.50, Kp-a.78; Snp-a.30, Snp-a.53 sq. Snp-a.397. -kuddāla a Singhalese hoe Vism.255; …

sūci →

pts

…worm; ˚ā pāṇā (in the Gūthaniraya purgatory) MN.iii.185.

  • -loma needle-haired, having hair like needles SN.ii.257; name…

taka →

pts

kind of medicinal gum, enumerated with two varieties, viz. takapattī & takapaṇṇī under jatūni bhesajjāni at Vin.i.201.

takketi →

pts

to think, reflect, reason, argue DN-a.i.106; Dhs-a.142
■ attānaṃ t. to have self-confidence, to trust oneself Ja.i.273, Ja.i.396, Ja.i.468; Ja.iii.233.

Denom. of tarka

tanta →

pts

thread, a string, a loom Ja.i.356 (˚vitata-ṭṭhāna the place of weaving); Dhp-a.i.424. At Ja.iv.484 tanta is to be corrected to tata (stretched out).

  • -ākula tangled string, a t …

tapa →

pts

Tapa & Tapo

  1. torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …

tapo →

pts

Tapa & Tapo

  1. torment, punishment, penance, esp. religious austerity, self-chastisement ascetic practice. This was condemned by the Buddha: Gotamo sabbaṃ tapaṃ garahati tapassiṃ lūkhajīviṃ upavadati …

tasa →

pts

adjective

  1. trembling, frightened Ja.i.336 = Ja.i.344 (vakā, expl. at Ja.i.342 by tasita); perhaps the derived meaning of:
  2. moving, running (cp. to meaning 1 & 2 Gr.; τρέω to flee & to tremble), a …

tassa-pāpiyyasikā →

pts

Tassa-pāpiyyasikā

feminine (viz. kiriyā) Name of one of the adhikaraṇa-samathā: guilt (legal wrong) of such & such a character Vin.i.325; in detail expl. MN.ii.249; + tiṇavatthāraka DN.iii.254; AN …

tatta →

pts

Tatta1

heated, hot, glowing; of metals: in a melted state (cp. uttatta) AN.ii.122≈(tattena talena osiñcante, as punishment); Dhp.308 (ayoguḷa) Ja.ii.352 (id.); Ja.iv.306 (tattatapo “of red …

taṇhā →

pts

(lit.) drought, thirst; (fig.) craving, hunger for, excitement the fever of unsatisfied longing (c. loc.: kabaḷinkāre āhāre “thirst” for solid food SN.ii.101 sq.; cīvare piṇḍapāte taṇhā = greed for Sn …

taṇḍula →

pts

rice-grain, rice husked & ready for boiling; freq. combined with tila (q.v.) in mentioning of offerings, presentations, etc.: loṇaṃ telaṃ taṇḍulaṃ khādaniyaṃ sakaṭesu āropetvā Vin.i.220, Vin.i.238, V …

te →

pts

Te˚

secondary base of numeral three (fr. ti) in compound: having a relation to a triad of, three-; in numerical compounds also = three (see under tayo).

  • *-[kaṭula](/define/kaṭu …

thaketi →

pts

…Vin.ii.134 (kaṇṇagūthakehi kaṇṇā thakitā honti: the ears were closed up), Vin.ii.148 (kavaṭā na thakīyanti, pass.),…

thamhhaka →

pts

(= thambha 3) a clump of grass Vv-a.276 (= gumba).

thera →

pts

only used with ref. to the bhikkhus of Gotama Buddha’s community
(adj.) senior Vin.i.47, Vin.i.290 (th. bhikkhū opp. navā bh.), Vin.i.159 (th bhikkhu a senior bh. opp. to navaka bh. a novice), Vin.i …

thulla FIXME double →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

thūla →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

ti FIXME double →

pts

Ti

adverb the apostrophe form of iti, thus. See iti.

cp. Sk. iti

Ti˚

base of numeral three in compound; consisting of three, threefold; in numerical compounds also three (3 times).

*-[kaṭuka](/d …

ti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

tidasa →

pts

number thirty (cp. tiṃsa), esp. the thirty deities (pl.) or belonging to them (adj.). It is the round figure for 33, and is used as equivalent to tāvatiṃsa. Nandanaṃ rammaṃ tidasānaṃ mahāvanaṃ Pv.iii. …

tila →

pts

the sesame plant & its seed (usually the latter, out of which oil is prepared: see tela), Sesamum Indicum. Often combd with taṇḍula e.g. AN.i.130 = Pp …

timira →

pts

adjective dark; nt. darkness Vv.32#3 (t. tamba) Ja.iii.189 (t. rukkha); vanatimira a flower Ja.iv.285 Ja.v.182.

Sk. timira fr. tim = tam (as in tamas), to which also belong tibba 2 & tintiṇāti. Thi …

tippa →

pts

adjective piercing, sharp acute, fierce; always & only with ref. to pains, esp pains suffered in Niraya. In full combinations sarīrikā vedanā dukkhā tippā kharā MN.i.10; AN.ii.116, AN.ii.143, AN.ii.15 …

titthika →

pts

adjective

Possible reading in Burmese MSS. for tittika. But the two compound letters (tt and tth are so difficult to distinguish that it is uncertain which of the two the scribe really meant

tiṭṭhati →

pts

to stand, etc.

I. Forms

pres ind. tiṭṭhati (Snp.333, Snp.434; Pv.i.5#1);
imper second tiṭṭha, 3rd tiṭṭhatu ppr. tiṭṭhaṃ, tiṭṭhanto, tiṭṭhamāna;
pot tiṭṭhe (Snp.918, Snp.968) & tiṭṭheyy …

toraṇa →

pts

an arched gateway, portal Vin.ii.154; DN.ii.83; Vv.35#1 (= dvārakoṭṭhaka-pāsādassa nāmaṃ Vv-a.160); Ja.iii.428; Dāvs v.48.

Sk. toraṇa, perhaps related to Gr. τύρσις, τύρρις = Lat. turris (tower), c …

tuliya FIXME double →

pts

Tulya & Tuliya

(also tulla Ja.iv.102) adjective to be weighed, estimated, measured; matched equal, comparable Snp.377; Ja.iii.324; Pv-a.87 (= samaka) Mostly in the negative atulya incomparable, …

tulya →

pts

Tulya & Tuliya

(also tulla Ja.iv.102) adjective to be weighed, estimated, measured; matched equal, comparable Snp.377; Ja.iii.324; Pv-a.87 (= samaka) Mostly in the negative atulya incomparable, …

tunna →

pts

Tunna1

struck Thig.162 (vyādhimaraṇa˚ str. with sickness and death).

pp. of tudati

Tunna2

any pointed instrument as a stick, a goad, a bolt, or (usually) a needle Vin.i.290 ( …

tutta →

pts

pike for guiding elephants, a goad for driving cattle (cp. tomara & patoda) DN.ii.266 (˚tomara); Ja.iv.310 Ja.v.268; Cp.iii.5, Cp.iii.2 (t
■ vegahata).

Sk tottra, from tudati to prick, push

tāva →

pts

adverb so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation Thus

I

*yāva-tāva …

tāvatiṃsa →

pts

No. 33, only in compounds denoting the 33 gods, whose chief is Sakka, while the numeral 33 is always tettiṃsa. This number occurs already in the Vedas with ref. to the gods & is …

tāyati →

pts

to shelter protect, preserve, guard; bring up, nourish SN.iv.246 (rūpa-balaṃ, bhoga˚, ñāti˚, putta˚); Ja.iv.387; Snp.579 (paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṃ ñātī vā pana ñātake) Pv-a.7 (khettaṃ tāyati …

tāyitar →

pts

one who protects, shelters or guards Ja.i.412 (in expl. of tāṇa, q.v.).

n. ag. from tāyati

tūṇī →

pts

quiver (lit. “carrier”) Ja.ii.403 (dhanuṃ tūṇiñ ca nikkhippa); Ja.v.47.

Sk. *tūṇa & tūṇī, to; *tI̊n: see under tulā; cp. Lat. tollo. On ṇ → l. cp. cikkaṇa & cikkhala, guṇa → guḷ …

ubbaṭṭeti →

pts

to anoint, give perfumes (to a guest), to shampoo Ja.i.87 (gandhacuṇṇena), Ja.i.238 (id.); Ja.v.89, Ja.v.438.

Caus. of ud + vṛt, as doublet of ubbatteti, cp. BSk. udvartayati Divy.12, Divy.36

ubbega →

pts

excitement, fright, anguish DN.iii.148; later, also transport, rapture, in cpd (˚pīti); Vism.143; Dhs-a.124; Pp-a 226.

Sk. udvega, fr. ud + vij

ubbegin →

pts

adjective full of anguish or fear Ja.iii.313 (= ubbegavant C.).

fr. ubbega

ubbhava →

pts

birth, origination, production Pgdp.91 (dānassa phal˚). Cp. BSk. udbhāvanā Divy.184 (guṇ˚) Divy.492 (id.).

ud + bhava

ubbilla →

pts

elation, elated state of mind MN.iii.159; -bhāva id. DN-a.i.122; Sdhp.167. See next.

either a secondary formation fr. ubbilāvita, or representing uppilava (uppilāva) for upplava, ud + plu as d …

ubhato →

pts

adverb both, twofold, in both (or two) ways, on both sides usually ˚-, as -bhāgavimutta one who is emancipated in two ways DN.ii.71; Dialogues ii.70, n. 1; MN.i.477 (cp. MN.i.385 ˚vimaṭṭha); S …

uccāra →

pts

…Vin.iv.266 (uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati); Dhp-a.ii.56 (˚karaṇa defecation); uccārapassāva faeces & urine DN.i.70; MN.i.83; Ja.i.5;…

ud →

pts

Ud-

prefix in verbal & nominal combn. One half of all the words beginning with u˚ are combns. with ud˚, which in compn. appears modified according to the rules of as …

udaka →

pts

water Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.213; DN.ii.15 (˚assa dhārā gushes or showers of w.); Dhp.80 Dhp.145; Ja.i.212; Pv.i.5#7; Pp.31, Pp.32; Mil.318; Vv-a.20 (udake temanaṃ aggimhe tāpanaṃ); Dhp-a.i.289; Dhp-a. …

udda →

pts

Udda1

an aquatic animal, the otter (?) Childers s. v. doubts the identity of this creature with the regular otter, since it lives in the jungle. Is it a beaver- Vin.i.186 (˚camma otter-s …

uddhacca →

pts

over-balancing, agitation, excitement distraction, flurry (see on meaning; Dialogues i.82; Dhs trsln. 119; Cpd. 18, 45, 83). AN.i.256, AN.i.282; AN.iii.375, AN.iii.421 AN.iii.449; AN …

uddāna →

pts

group of Suttas, used throughout the Vinaya Piṭaka with ref. to each Khandhaka, in the Saṃyutta, the Anguttara and other books (cp. Mil.407) for each group of about ten Suttas (cp. Dhs-a.27). The U …

uddīpanā →

pts

explanation, reasoning, argument Vism.27 (for ukkācanā). Uddiyati, Uddiyana

fr. ud + dīpeti

udukkhala →

pts

mortar Vin.i.202 (+ musala pestle); Ja.i.502; Ja.ii.428; Ja.v.49; Ja.ii.161, Ja.ii.335; Ud.69 (m; + musaḷa); Dhp-a.ii.131 (˚sala); Vism.354 (in comp.). The relation between *[udukkhala](/define/udu …

uggirati →

pts

Uggirati1

to vomit up (“swallow up”) to spit out Ud.14 (uggiritvāna); DN-a.i.41 (uggāraṃ uggiranto). Cp. BSk. prodgīrṇa cast out Divy.589.

Sk. udgirati, ud + gṛ2; but BSk. …

upaccagā →

pts

3rd sg. pret. of upâtigacchati (q.v.) to escape, pass, go by; to overcome Snp.333 (mā upaccagā = mā atikkami Snp-a.339) = Thig.5 (= mā atikkami Thag-a.12); Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827 (= ac …

upacāra →

pts

  1. approach, access Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.152; Vin.iv.304; Ja.i.83, Ja.i.172; Dhs-a.328 (phal˚).
  2. habit practice, conduct Vin.ii.20 (dassan˚); Snp-a.140 (id.); Ja.iii.280.
  3. way, means application, …

upagūhati →

pts

to embrace Ja.i.346, Ja.i.349; Ja.ii.424; Ja.iii.437; Ja.v.157, Ja.v.328, Ja.v.384
ger upaguyha Ja.vi.300.

upa + gūhati

upakkanta →

pts

  1. attacked by (-˚) Mil.112.
  2. attacking, intriguing or plotting against (loc. DN-a.i.140.

pp. of upakkamati

upalakkheti →

pts

to distinguish, discriminate Vism.172.

upa + lakṣay

upapajjati →

pts

to get to, be reborn in (acc.) to originate, rise Vin.iii.20 (nirayaṃ); AN.iii.415; AN.v.292 sq.; Snp.584; Iti.13 (nirayaṃ), Iti.14 (sugatiṃ; variant reading upp˚), Iti.67 (saggaṃ lokaṃ; variant readi …

upātigacchati →

pts

to “go out over”, to surpass, overcome, only in 3rd sg. pret. upaccagā Snp.333, Snp.636, Snp.641, Snp.827; Thag.181; Thag.2, Thag.4; Ja.i.258; Ja.vi.182 & Ja.vi.3

ussaya →

pts

in -vādika Vin.iv.224 is a variant of usuyya˚; “using envious language, quarrelsome”
■ Another ussaya samussaya* only.

uttama →

pts

adjective “ut-most”, highest, greatest, best Snp.1054 (dhammaṃ uttamaṃ the highest ideal = Nibbāna for which seṭṭhan Snp.1064; cp. Cnd.317); Dhp.56; Mnd.211; Cnd.502 (in paraphrase of mahā combd …

uttari FIXME double →

pts

Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ

adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides

  1. uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …

uttari →

pts

Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ

adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides

  1. uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …

uttariṃ FIXME double →

pts

Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ

adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides

  1. uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …

uttariṃ →

pts

Uttari (˚-) & Uttariṃ

adverb out, over, beyond; additional moreover, further, besides

  1. uttariṃ: DN.i.71; MN.i.83 MN.iii.148; SN.iv.15; Snp.796 (uttariṃ kurute = uttariṃ karot …

utu →

pts

  1. (lit.)
    1. (good or proper) time, season: aruṇa-utu occasion or time of the sun(-rise) Dhp-a.i.165; utuṃ gaṇhāti to watch for the right time (in horoscopic practice), to prognosticate ibid. *s …

uḷāra →

pts

adjective great, eminent, excellent, superb, lofty, noble, rich
■ Dhammapāla at Vv-a.10–Vv-a.11 distinguishes 3 meanings: tīhi atthehi ūḷāraṃ paṇītaṃ (excellent), seṭṭhaṃ (best), mahantaṃ (great) …

v →

pts

-V-

euphonic (sandhi-) consonant, historically justified after u (uv from older v), as in su-v-ānaya easy to bring (SN.i.124); hence transferred to i, as in *ti- …

vacana →

pts

  1. speaking, utterance, word, bidding SN.ii.18 (alaṃ vacanāya one says rightly); SN.iv.195 (yathā bhūtaṃ); AN.ii.168; Snp.417, Snp.699 Snp.932, Snp.984, Snp.997; Mil.235; Pv.ii.2#7; Snp-a.343, Snp-a …

vaco →

pts

(& vaca) neuter speech, words, saying; nom. & acc.; vaco Snp.54, Snp.356, Snp.988, Snp.994, Snp.1006 Snp.1057, Snp.1110, Snp.1147; Ja.i.188; Mnd.553 (= vacana byāpa …

vacī →

pts

˚- speech, words; rare by itself (and in this case re-established from compounds and poetical, as at Snp.472 (yassa vacī kharā; explained at Snp-a.409 by “vācā”), Snp.973 (cudito vacīhi = vācāhi Sn …

vada →

pts

adjective (-˚) speaking, in cpd. vaggu˚; speaking pleasantly Snp.955 (cp. Mnd.446; Snp-a.571 = sundaravada); suddhiṃ˚; of clean speech Snp.910.

fr. vad

vaddha →

pts

Vaddha1

adjective noun

  1. grown, old; an Elder; venerable, respectable; one who has authority At Ja.i.219 three kinds of vaddha are distinguished: one by nature (jāt …

vagga →

pts

Vagga1

  1. a company, section group, party Vin.i.58 (du˚, ti˚), Vin.i.195 (dasa˚ a chapter of 10 bhikkhus).
  2. a section or chapter of a canonical book Dhp-a.i.158 (eka-vagga-dvi-vagga- …

vaggu →

pts

adjective lovely, beautiful pleasant, usually of sound (sara) DN.ii.20 (˚ssara); SN.i.180 SN.i.190; Snp.350, Snp.668; Vv.5#3, Vv.36#1, Vv.36#4 (˚rūpa), Vv.50#18 (girā) Vv.63#6, Vv.64#10 (ghoso suvaggu …

vagguli →

pts

Vagguli & ˚ī

masculine & feminine a bat Vin.ii.148; Mil.364, Mil.404; Vism.663 (in simile) Dhp-a.iii.223.

  • -rukkha a tree on which bats live Vism.74.
  • *-vata

vaggulī →

pts

Vagguli & ˚ī

masculine & feminine a bat Vin.ii.148; Mil.364, Mil.404; Vism.663 (in simile) Dhp-a.iii.223.

  • -rukkha a tree on which bats live Vism.74.
  • *-vata

vahati →

pts

  1. to carry, bear, transport Ja.iv.260; Pv-a.14 (= dhāreti); Mil.415 (of iron: carry weight)
    imper vaha Vv.81#17;
    inf vahituṃ Pv-a.122 (perhaps superfluous);
    grd * …

valaya →

pts

bracelet Vin.ii.106; Ja.ii.197 (dantakāre valay’-ādīni karonte disvā); Ja.iii.377; Ja.vi.64, Ja.vi.65; DN-a.i.50; Dhp-a.i.226 (danta˚ ivory bangle); Pv-a.157 (sankha˚) Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (˚anguli-v …

vana →

pts

Vana1

neuter the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure sport (“wood”), as well as of danger & frightfulness (“jungle”), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness (“forest”). Of ( …

vasitar →

pts

one who abides, stays or lives (in), a dweller; fig. one who has a (regular) habit AN.ii.107 Pp.43, cp. Pp-a 225
vasitā is given as “habit” at Cpd. 58 sq., 207.

n. ag. fr. vasita

vata →

pts

Vata1

indeclinable part of exclamation: surely, certainly, indeed, alas! Vin.iii.39 (puris’ usabho vat’ âyaṃ “for sure he is a human bull”) Thig.316 (abbhutaṃ vata vācaṃ bhāsasi); Snp.178, …

vati →

pts

Vati1

feminine a fence Ja.i.153; Ja.iii.272; Ja.v.472; Vism.186 (vatī, variant reading vati); Snp-a.98 (variant reading for gutti), Snp-a.148 (variant reading for ˚vatikā).

later Sk. vṛ …

vattha →

pts

Vattha1

neuter

  1. cloth; clothing, garment raiment; also collectively: clothes; MN.i.36 sq. AN.i.132, AN.i.209, AN.i.286; AN.ii.85, AN.ii.241; AN.iii.27 (odātaṃ), AN.iii.50 (kāsikaṃ), AN. …

vatthi →

pts

  1. the bladder Vin.iii.117; Ja.i.146; Snp.195; Vism.144 = Dhs-a.117; Vism.264, Vism.345 (mutta˚) 362; DN-a.i.161; Vb-a.248.
  2. the pudendum: see ˚*kosa*.
  3. a clyster (-bag): see ˚ …

vatthu →

pts

Vatthu1

neuter lit. “ground,” hence

  1. (lit.) object, real thing, property, thing, substance (cp. vatthu2!) AN.ii.209 (khetta˚, where khetta in lit. sense, cp. No. 2). Here bel …

vaya →

pts

Vaya1 & vayo

neuter age, especially young age, prime, youth; meaning “old age” when characterized as such or contrasted to youth (the ord. term for old age being jarā). …

vañcati →

pts

  1. to walk about Ja.i.214 (inf. ˚ituṃ = pādacāra-gamanena gantuṃ C.).
  2. Caus. vañceti to cheat, deceive, delude, elude DN.i.50; Snp.100, Snp.129, Snp.356; Ja.iii.420 (aor. avañc …

vaḍḍhaki →

pts

(& ) a carpenter builder, architect, mason. On their craft and guilds see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 181 sq.; Mrs. Rh. D Cambridge Hist. Ind. i.206
■ The word is specially characteristic of t …

vaḍḍhi →

pts

  1. increase growth (cp.; Cpd. 251 sq.) SN.iv.250 (ariya˚); Ja.ii.426 (= phāti); Mil.109 (guṇa˚); Dhs-a.327; Dhp-a.iii.335 (avaḍḍhi = parihāni).
  2. welfare, good fortune, happiness Ja.v.101; Ja.vi. …

vaṃsa →

pts

  1. a bamboo Snp.38 (vaṃso visālo va; vaṃso explained at Cnd.556 as “veḷugumba,” at Snp-a.76 as “veḷu”), ibid. (˚kaḷīra) Ja.vi.57; Vism.255 (˚kaḷīra); Kp-a.50 (id.).
  2. race lineage, family AN.ii.27 …

vaṅgati →

pts

to go, walk, waver; found only in Dhtp (No. 29) as root vaṅg in meaning “gamana. Perhaps confused with valg; see vaggati.

cp. *Sk. vangati, to which belongs vañjula. Idg. *\ …

vaṅka →

pts

adjective noun

I. (adj.)

  1. crooked, bent, curved MN.i.31 (+ jimha); SN.iv.118 (read v-daṇḍā); Vin.ii.116 (suttā vankā honti); Ja.i.9 (of kāja); Ja.iv.362 (˚daṇḍa), Pv-a.51 With ref. to a …

vaṇṇa →

pts

appearance etc (lit. “cover, coating”). There is a considerable fluctuation of meaning, especially between meanings 2, 3, 4. One may group as follows.

  1. colour Snp.447 (meda˚); SN.v.216 (chavi˚ of t …

vaṭṭa →

pts

Vaṭṭa1

adjective noun

  1. round circular; (nt.) circle Pv-a.185 (āyata +); Kp-a.50 (˚nāli). See cpd. -aṅguli.
  2. (fig.) “rolling on,” the “round” of existences, cycle of transmigrati …

vaṭṭani →

pts

ring, round, globe, ball Thig.395 (vaṭṭani-riva; explained at Thag-a.259 as “lākhāya guḷikā viya,” translation Sisters 154: “but a little ball”).

cp. Vedic vartani circumference of a wheel, course

vaṭṭati →

pts

  1. to turn round, to move on: doubtful in “kattha vaṭṭaṃ na vaṭṭati SN.i.15; preferably with variant reading as vaḍḍhati
    caus 1 vaṭṭeti to turn or twist …

vaṭṭi →

pts

  1. a wick SN.ii.86 = SN.iii.126 = SN.iv.213; Ja.i.243 (dīpa˚); Dhp-a.393; Thag-a.72 (Ap.v.45: nom. pl. vaṭṭīni); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.37 Mhvs.34, Mhvs.35.
  2. enclosure, lining, film, skin Vism.258 (anta˚ e …

ve →

pts

Ve1

indeclinable part. of affirmation, emphasizing the preceding word: indeed, truly Vin.i.3 (etaṃ ve sukhaṃ); Dhp.63 (sa ve bāḷo ti vuccati), Dhp.83 (sabbattha ve), Dhp.16 …

vebhūtika →

pts

Vebhūtika & ˚ya

(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …

vebhūtiya →

pts

Vebhūtika & ˚ya

(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …

veda →

pts

…wisdom Vin.i.3; Snp.463. - one who has attained to highest knowledge (said of the Buddha). Thus different from “tiṇṇaṃ…

vedeti →

pts

“to sense,” usually in Denom. function (only one Caus. meaning: see aor. avedi); meaning twofold either intellectually “to know” (cp. veda), or with ref. to general feeling “to e …

vera →

pts

hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin AN.iv.247; Dhp.5; Ja.iv.71; Dhp-a.i.50. Pv-a.13
avera absence of enmity, friendliness; (adj. friendly, peaceable, kind DN.i.167, DN.i.247 …

vesa →

pts

dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance Ja.i.146 (pakati˚ usual dress), Ja.i.230 (āyuttaka˚); Ja.iii.418 (andha˚) Mil.12; Dhp-a.ii.4; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.93 (ummattaka˚), Pv-a. …

vevāhika →

pts

wedding-guest Ja.ii.420.

fr. vivāha

veḷu →

pts

bamboo AN.ii.73; Vin.iv.35; Ja.iv.382 (daṇḍa˚); Ja.v.71; Vism.1, Vism.17; Snp-a.76 (= vaṃsa); Vb-a.334.

  • -agga (veḷagga) the top of a bamboo Vin.ii.110
  • *-[gumba](/define/gumb …

veṇu →

pts

bamboo; occurs only in compounds, e.g. -gumba thicket of bamboo Dhp-a.i.177; -tinduka the tree Diospyros Ja.v.405 (= timbaru C.); -daṇḍaka jungle-rope Ja.iii.204 -bali a tax to be paid i …

veṭhaka →

pts

adjective surrounding, enveloping DN.i.105 (“furbelow” see Dial. i.130); Mhvs.11, Mhvs.14 (valayanguli˚).

fr. veṭheti

vi →

pts

indeclinable

I.

  1. inseparable prefix of separation and expansion, in original meaning of “asunder,” semantically closely related to Lat. dis- & Ger ver-. Often as base-prefix in var mean …

vibhajati →

pts

(lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify; to deal with something in detail, to go into details MN.iii.223; SN.ii.2, SN.ii.255 (vibhājeti) = MN.i.364 (reads vir …

vibhatta →

pts

adjective

  1. (lit.) divided, distributed; parted, partitioned, having divisions, portioned off Snp.300; Pv.i.10#13 (of niraya); Ja.v.266 (id.); Mil.316 (a˚ samudda)
    ■ su˚ well divided, well plan …

vidahati →

pts

to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise
pres vidahati: see saṃ˚ vidadhāti Ja.vi.537; vidheti Ja.v.107.
pot vidahe Snp.927 (= vidaheyya Mnd.382);
aor *[ …

vidatthi →

pts

span (of 12 angulas or finger-breadths) Vin.iii.149 (dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugata-vidatthiyā); Vin.iv.279; Ja.i.337; Ja.iii.318; Mil.85; Vism.65, Vism.124, Vism.171, Vism.175, Vism.408; Dhp-a. …

vidhavā →

pts

widow SN.i.170; AN.iii.128; Ja.vi.33; Mil.288; Vism.17; Pv-a.65, Pv-a.161 Vb-a.339.

Vedic vidhavā widow, vidhu lonely, vidhura separaṭed, Av. vidavā = Goth. widuwō = Ohg. wituwa (Ger. Witwe = E. w …

viheṭheti →

pts

to oppress, to bring into difficulties, to vex, annoy, plague hurt DN.i.116, DN.i.135; DN.ii.12; Snp.35; Ja.i.187; Ja.ii.267; Ja.iv.375; Mil.6, Mil.14; Dhp-a.191; Vv-a.69 (Pass. ˚iyamāna).

vi + he …

vihāra →

pts

  1. (as m. & adj.) spending one’s time (sojourning or walking about), staying in a place, living place of living, stay, abode (in general) Vv-a.50 (jala˚) Pv-a.22, Pv-a.79; eka˚; living by oneself …

vijigucchati →

pts

to loathe Snp.41 (˚amāna = aṭṭiyamāna harāyamāna Cnd.566), Snp.253, Snp.958 (˚ato = aṭṭiyato harāyato Mnd.466), Snp.963; Mnd.479.

vi + j.

vijjantarikā →

pts

is not clear; according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. = vīthi + antarikā, i.e. space in between two streets or midstreet MN.i.448; AN.i.124. Neumann (Mittl. Slg. ii.182) translates “Rinnstein” (i …

vijjhāpeti →

pts

to extinguish Vin.i.31; Vin.ii.219, Vin.ii.221; Ja.iv.292; Mil.42.

vi + jhāpeti

vijjhāyati →

pts

to be extinguished, to go out (of fire) Vin.i.31 (imper. ˚āyatu & fut. ˚āyissati); Dhp-a.i.21 (akkhīni dīpa-sikhā viya vijjhāyiṃsu).

vi + jhāyati2

vijjā →

pts

one of the dogmatic terms of Buddhist teaching varying in meaning in diff. sections of the Canon. It is not always the positive to avijjā (which has quite a well-defined meaning f …

vijānāti →

pts

to have discriminative (dis = vi˚) knowledge, to recognize, apprehend, ascertain, to become aware of, to understand, notice, perceive, distinguish learn, know Snp.93 sq., Snp.763; Dhp.64, Dhp.65; Mnd. …

vikappana →

pts

(f.)

  1. assignment, apportioning Vin.iv.60 = Vin.iv.123 = Vin.iv.283. At Vin.iv.122 two ways of assigning a gift are distinguished: sammukhāvikappanā & parammukhā˚. All these passages refer to …

vikappeti →

pts

  1. to distinguish, design, intend, to have intentions or preferences, to fix one’s mind on (loc. or acc.) Snp.793 = Snp.802 (= vikappaṃ āpajjati Mnd.97), Snp.918 (id. Mnd.351).
  2. to detail, describe, …

vikatika →

pts

woollen coverlet (embroidered with figures of lions, tigers etc.) DN.i.7 (cp. DN-a.i.87) AN.i.181; Vin.i.192; Thag-a.55 (Tha-ap.10: tūlikā˚;).

fr. vikati

vikaṭa →

pts

…against snake-bite, viz., gūtha, mutta, chārikā, mattikā Vin.i.206
■ Cp. vekaṭika.

*…

vikirati →

pts

to scatter about, sprinkle, spread, mix up (trs. & intrs.) MN.i.127; SN.iii.190 (in simile of playing children: paṃsv’ āgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti [mix up] vidhamanti [fall about] viddha …

vikiraṇa →

pts

adjective

  1. scattering, dispersing; being scattered or dispersed DN.i.11 (cp. DN-a.i.96)
    ■ Vb.358 (T. reads vikī˚; variant reading vikāraṇa & vikkir˚) = Pp.23 (which reads nikaraṇā; trsl. “gui …

vikāra →

pts

  1. change, alteration, in mahā˚; great change Vism.366, Vism.367 (of two kinds: anupādiṇṇa upādiṇṇa, or primary & secondary, i.e. the first caused by kappa-vuṭṭhāna, the second by dhātu-kkhobha) K …

vikūlaka →

pts

adjective contrary, disgusting Thig.467 (= paṭikūla Thag-a.284).

fr. vikūla

vimutta →

pts

freed, released, intellectually emancipated Vin.i.8; AN.iv.75, AN.iv.179, AN.iv.340; AN.v.29; DN.iii.97 DN.iii.100, DN.iii.133, DN.iii.258; SN.i.23, SN.i.35; SN.iii.13, SN.iii.53, SN.iii.137; Snp.354, …

vinetar →

pts

teacher, instructor, guide Snp.484; Pts.ii.194 (netar, vinetar, anunetar); Ja.iv.320.

n. ag. fr. vineti

vineti →

pts

  1. to remove, put away, give up
    ppr vinayaṃ Ja.vi.499;
    pot 3rd sg. vinayetha Snp.361, & vineyya Snp.590;
    imper vinaya Snp.1098; * …

vinibbhoga →

pts

Vinibbhoga1

adjective lacking, deprived of (-˚), deficient Thag-a.248 (viññāṇa˚).

vi + nibbhoga

Vinibbhoga2

sifting out, distinction, discrimination Vism.306 (dhātu˚), Vis …

vinibbhujati →

pts

(or -bhuñjati)

  1. [to bhuj, to bend, as in bhuja1 & nibbhujati] to turn inside out Thig.471.
  2. [to bhuj or bhuñj as in bhuñjati2 and paribhuñjati2] to separ …

vinibbhutta →

pts

separated, distinguished, discriminated Vism.368.

pp. of vinibbhujati

vinicchita →

pts

discerned, decided, distinguished, detailed Vin.i.65 (su˚); Ja.v.65 (a˚); Snp-a.477; Sdhp.508.

pp. of vinicchināti

vināyaka →

pts

  1. a leader, guide, instructor MN.ii.94; Vv.16#7 (= veneyya-satte vineti Vv-a.83); Thag-a.69.
  2. a judge Ja.iii.336.

fr. vi +

viparāmosa →

pts

(Viparāmāsa) highway robbery DN.i.5 (explained as twofold at DN-a.i.80, viz. hima˚ & gumba˚ or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym given here is “janaṃ musanti,” i.e. they steal, or begui …

virāga →

pts

  1. absence of rāga, dispassionateness, indifference towards (abl. or loc.) disgust, absence of desire, destruction of passions; waning, fading away cleansing, purifying; emancipation, Arahantship. DN. …

virāguṇa →

pts

in meaning “fading away, waning” in verse at Iti.69 (of viññāṇa) is doubtful reading. It corresponds to virāgadhamma of the prose part (virāgudh˚ vv.ll.) The variant reading is pabhaṅguṇa (which mig …

visajjati →

pts

to hang on, cling to, stick to, adhere (fig.) only in pp. visatta (q.v.)
■ The apparent ger. form visajja belongs to vissajjati.

vi + sajjati, Pass. of sañj; the regula …

visesa →

pts

…sq.; SN.v.108.

  • - reaching a higher state or attainment Ja.vi.573.
  • -paccaya ground for…

visesaka →

pts

or neuter

  1. a (distinguishing) mark (on the forehead) Vin.ii.267 (with apanga).
  2. leading to distinction Vv-a.85. Visesata = visesa

fr. visesa

visesana →

pts

distinguishing, distinction, qualification, attribute Vv.16#10; Ja.iii.11; Ja.vi.63; Snp-a.181, Snp-a.365, Snp-a.399; Vv-a.13
■ instr. avisesena (adv.) without distinction, at all events, anyh …

viseseti →

pts

to make a distinction, to distinguish, define, specify Ja.v.120, Ja.v.451; Snp-a.343; grd. visesitabba (-vacana) qualifying (predicative) expression Vv-a.13
pp *[visesita …

visesin →

pts

adjective possessing distinction, distinguished from, better than others Snp.799, Snp.842, Snp.855, Snp.905 Mnd.244.

fr. visesa

visesita →

pts

distinguished, differentiated Mhvs.11, Mhvs.32; Kp-a.18; Pv-a.56.

pp. of viseseti

visesiya →

pts

adjective distinguished Vv.16#10 (= visesaṃ patvā Vv-a.85); variant reading visesin (= visesavant C.).

grd. of viseseti

visissati →

pts

to differ, to be distinguished or eminent Ne.188
pp visiṭṭha
caus viseseti (q.v.).

Pass. of vi + śiṣ

visiṭṭha →

pts

adjective distinguished, prominent, superior, eminent DN.iii.159; Vv.32#4; Ja.i.441; Mil.203 Mil.239; Dhp-a.ii.15; Vv-a.1 (˚māna = vimāna), Vv-a.85, Vv-a.261 Sdhp.260, Sdhp.269, Sdhp.332, Sdhp.489 …

vissamati →

pts

to rest, repose; to recover from fatigue Ja.i.485; Ja.ii.70; Ja.ii.128, Ja.ii.133; Ja.iii.208; Ja.iv.93 Ja.iv.293; Ja.v.73; Pv-a.43, Pv-a.151
caus vissameti to give a rest, to make repose Ja.iii …

vissametar →

pts

one who provides a rest, giver of repose, remover of fatigue Ja.vi.526.

n. ag. fr. vissameti

vissaṭṭha →

pts

  1. let loose; sent (out); released, dismissed; thrown; given out Mhvs.10, Mhvs.68; Ja.i.370; Ja.iii.373; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.64, Pv-a.123, Pv-a.174.
  2. (of the voice.) distinct, well enunciated DN.i.1 …

visīveti →

pts

to warm oneself Mil.47; Ja.ii.68; Dhp-a.i.225, Dhp-a.i.261 Dhp-a.ii.89. As visibbeti (in analogy to visibbeti to sew) at Vin.iv.115
caus 2 visīvāpeti Ja.ii.69.

vi + sīv …

visīyati →

pts

to be dissolved; 3rd pl. imper. med. visīyaruṃ Thag.312 (cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 126).

vi + sīyati; cp. Sk. śīyate, Pass. of śyā to coagulate

vitakka →

pts

reflection, thought, thinking; “initial application” (Cpd. 282)
■ defined as “vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhanan ti vuttaṃ hoti” at Vism.142 (with simile on p. 143, comparing vitakka with vicāra kumbhakār …

vitakkita →

pts

reflected, reasoned, argued DN-a.i.121. Cp. pari˚.

pp. of vitakketi

vitaṇḍā →

pts

tricky disputation, frivolous or captious discussion; in compounds vitaṇḍa˚: ˚vāda sophistry Snp-a.447; DN-a.i.247; -vādin a sophist, arguer Dhs-a.3 (so read for vidaḍḍha); Vb-a.9, Vb-a.51, …

viññatti →

pts

intimation, giving to understand, information; begging or asking by intimation or hinting (a practice forbidden to the bhikkhu). Vin.i.72 (˚bahula, intent on …); Vin.iii.144 sq. (identical); Vin.iv.29 …

vohāra →

pts

  1. trade, business MN.ii.360; Snp.614 (˚ṃ upajīvati); Ja.i.495; Ja.ii.133, Ja.ii.202; Ja.v.471; Pv-a.111 Pv-a.278.
  2. current appellation, common use (of language), popular logic, common way of defi …

vokiṇṇaka →

pts

adjective mixed up Mil.300 (kapiniddā-pareto vokiṇṇakaṃ jaggati a person with light sleep, so-called “monkey-doze,” lies confusedly awake i.e. is half asleep, half awake). Rh. D. not quite to the p …

vokkha →

pts

adjective is at Ja.iii.21 given as syn. of vaggu (q.v.).

? doubtful reading

vy →

pts

Vy˚

is the semi-vowel (i.e. half-consonantic) form of vi˚; before following a & ā (vya˚, vyā), very rarely ū & o; The prefix vi˚ is very unstable, and a variety of forms are also attached to …

vyāvaṭa →

pts

adjective doing service, active, busy; eager, keen intent on (loc.), busy with AN.iv.195 (mayi = worrying about me); Ja.iii.315 (su˚); Ja.iv.371 (kiccâkiccesu v. uyyatta C.); Ja.v.395 (= ussukka); Ja. …

vyūhati →

pts

at Vv-a.104 is not clear (see byūhati). It looks more like a present tense to viyūḷha in sense “to be bulky,” than a Denom. fr. vyūha as “ …

vācanaka →

pts

talk, recitation, disputation; invitation (?), in brāhmaṇa˚; Ja.i.318 (karoti); Ja.iii.171, Ja.iv.391 (karoti); regarded as a kind of festival. At Ja.iii.238 vācanaka is used b …

vācā →

pts

word, saying, speech; also as adj. (-˚) vaca speaking, of such a speech (e.g. duṭṭha˚ Pv.i.3#2, so to be read for dukkha˚)
■ DN.iii.69 sq., DN.iii.96 sq., DN.iii.171 sq. SN.iv.132 …

vāda →

pts

  1. speaking, speech, talk, nearly always-˚, e.g. iti˚; hearsay, general talk MN.i.133; SN.v.73; AN.ii.26; kumāraka˚; child-talk or childish talk i.e. in the manner of talking to a child SN.ii.21 …

vādin →

pts

adjective (-˚) speaking (of), saying, asserting, talking; professing, holding a view or doctrine; arguing. Abs. only at AN.ii.138 (cattāro vādī four kinds of disputants); Snp.382 (ye vā pi c’aññe vād …

vāgamā →

pts

at Mhvs.19, Mhvs.28 (tadahe v. rājā) is to be read (tadah’ ev) āgamā, i.e. came on the same day. The passage is corrupt: see translation p.130Vagura & a

vāgulā →

pts

Vākarā = vāgulā

net, snare MN.i.153 (daṇḍa˚, dvandva); MN.ii.65
■ As vākara at Ja.iii.541; as vākura at Thag.774.

vāgura →

pts

Vāgura & ˚ā

feminine a net; as -a Ja.vi.170 Kp-a.47 (sūkara˚); Thag-a.78; as Ja.vi.582. Another P. form is vākarā.

cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vāgurā; to Idg. *ṷeg to weave, as in Lat. velum …

vāgurā →

pts

Vāgura & ˚ā

feminine a net; as -a Ja.vi.170 Kp-a.47 (sūkara˚); Thag-a.78; as Ja.vi.582. Another P. form is vākarā.

cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vāgurā; to Idg. *ṷeg to weave, as in Lat. velum …

vāka →

pts

the bark of a tree DN.i.167; Vin.iii.34; Ja.i.304; Ja.ii.141; Vism.249 = Vb-a.232 (akka˚ & makaci˚); Mil.128
avāka without bark Ja.iii.522.

vākarā →

pts

Vākarā = vāgulā

net, snare MN.i.153 (daṇḍa˚, dvandva); MN.ii.65
■ As vākara at Ja.iii.541; as vākura at Thag.774.

vāla →

pts

Vāla1

  1. the hair of the tail horse-hair, tail Vin.ii.195 = Ja.v.335 (pahaṭṭha-kaṇṇavāla with bristling ears & tail, of an elephant); Ja.v.274 (so read for phāla, cp. p …

vāta →

pts

wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2 groups: “internal and “external” winds, or the ajjhattikā vāyo-dhātu (wind category), and the bāhirā. They are discussed at Vb.84, quoted a …

vātaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) belonging to or connected with the winds (of the body) in ahi-vātaka-roga a cert (intestinal) disease (lit. “snake-pain”), pestilence plague; dysentery (caused by a famine and att …

vīthi →

pts

  1. street, way, road, path, track AN.v.347, AN.v.350 sq.; Vv.83#6; Ja.i.158 (garden path); Ja.v.350 (dve vīthiyo gahetvā tiṭṭhati, of a house); Ja.vi.276 (v and raccha); Dhp-a.i.14; Vv-a.31; Pv-a …

vūpasammati →

pts

  1. to be assuaged or quieted SN.iv.215.
  2. to be suppressed or removed Ja.iii.334.
  3. to be subdued or extinguished, to go out (of light) Tha-ap.35

pp vūpasanta
caus *vūpasā …

y →

pts

-Y-

combination consonant (sandhi), inserted (euphonically) between 2 vowels for the avoidance of hiatus. It has arisen purely phonetically from i as a sort of “gliding or semi-vowel within a wo …

ya-kāra →

pts

Ya-kāra

  1. the letter (or sound) y: Ja.i.430 (padasandhikara); Ja.iii.433 (vyañjana-sandhi-vasena gahita).
  2. the letter (or syllable) ya: Ja.v.427 (nipāta-matta). It is referred to at Vin.iv.7 …

ya →

pts

Ya˚

I. Forms

(See inflection also at Geiger, P.Gr. § 110.) The decl. is similar to that of ta˚ among the more rarely found forms we only mention the foll.
■ sg. nom. m. *[yo](/define/y …

yagghe →

pts

indeclinable hortative part, used in addressing a (superior) person in the voc., followed by Pot. of jānāti, either 2nd jāneyyāsi, or 3rd sg. jāneyya; to be trsld some …

yakkha →

pts

  1. name of certain non-human beings, as spirits, ogres, dryads, ghosts spooks. Their usual epithet and category of being is amanussa, i.e. not a human being (but not a sublime g …

yakkhinī →

pts

female yakkha, a vampire. Their character is usually fierce & full of spite & vengeance, addicted to man- & beast-murder (cp. yakkha 2). They are very much like Petīs in habits. With their names cp. …

yantaka →

pts

bolt Vin.ii.148 (vihārā aguttā honti… anujānāmi yantakaṃ sūcikan ti), cp. Vin Texts iii.162; DN-a.i.200 (kuñcikā +); Dhp-a.i.220 (yantakaṃ deti to put the bolt to, to lock up).

fr. yanta

yanteti →

pts

to set into motion, to make go, impel, hurl Ja.i.418 (sakkharaṃ anguliyā yantetvā); pp. yantita.

denom. fr. yanta. Dhtm.809 gives a root yant in meaning of “sankocane,” i.e. contraction

yata →

pts

held, checked, controlled, restrained, careful SN.ii.15, SN.ii.50; Snp.78, Snp.220, Snp.1079 (= yatta, paṭiyatta gutta etc. Cnd.525); Ja.vi.294 (C. appamatta; Kern

Toevoegselen

s. v. proposes read …

yathā →

pts

adverb as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of)
■ As prep. (with acc.): according (to some condition, norm or rule): yathā kāmaṃ (already Vedic) according to his desire …

yati →

pts

Buddhist monk Mhvs.5, Mhvs.37 (racchāgataṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.4; Mhvs.30, Mhvs.26 (mattikā-dāyakaṃ yatiṃ); Mhvs.32, Mhvs.32 (khīṇāsavassa yatino) Dāvs iv.33 (yatī); Vism.79 (vikampeti Mārassa hada …

yattha →

pts

adverb rel. adv. of place “where,” at which spot occasionally “at which time,” when; with verbs of motion = “whereto.”-DN.i.240 (whither); Snp.79, Snp.170 (here closely resembling yatra in meaning …

yañña →

pts

  1. a brahmanic sacrifice.
  2. alms-giving charity, a gift to the Sangha or a bhikkhu.

The brahmanic ritual of Vedic times has been given a changed and deeper meaning. Buddhism has discarded the outwa …

yoga →

pts

lit. “yoking, or being yoked,” i.e. connection bond, means; fig. application, endeavour, device

  1. yoke, yoking (rare?) Ja.vi.206 (meant here the yoke of the churning-sticks; cp. Ja.vi.209).
  2. conn …

yuga →

pts

  1. the yoke of a plough (usually) or a carriage Dhp-a.i.24 (yugaṃ gīvaṃ bādhati presses on the neck); Pv-a.127 (ratha˚); Sdhp.468 (of a carriage) Also at Snp.834 in phrase dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā w …

yugala →

pts

Yugala & Yugaḷa

neuter a pair couple Ja.i.12 (yugaḷa-yugaḷa-bhūtā in pairs), Ja.i.500 (bāhu˚); Ja.vi.270 (thana˚ the 2 breasts); Vism.219; Vb-a.51 (yugaḷato jointly, in pairs); the six “pairs of a …

yugaḷa →

pts

Yugala & Yugaḷa

neuter a pair couple Ja.i.12 (yugaḷa-yugaḷa-bhūtā in pairs), Ja.i.500 (bāhu˚); Ja.vi.270 (thana˚ the 2 breasts); Vism.219; Vb-a.51 (yugaḷato jointly, in pairs); the six “pairs of a …

yuvan →

pts

youth-nom. sg.; yuvā DN.i.80 = yobbanena samannāgata DN-a.i.223; Snp.420; Dhp.280 (= paṭhama-yobbane ṭhita Dhp-a.iii.409); Pv.iii.7#1 (= taruṇa Pv-a.205)
■ Cp yava, yuvin & yobbana.

Vedic …

yāga →

pts

  1. A (brahmanic) sacrifice, known otherwise as mahāyāga (or pl ˚yāgā), and consisting of the 4: assamedha, purisamedha sammāpāsa, vāja-peyya. Thus mentioned at SN.i.76 & Snp.3 …

yāgu →

pts

…phala˚, khajja˚), Vin.ii.155 (id.); AN.iii.275.

cp. Vedic yavāgū; on form see Geiger,

Pali Grammar

§ 27#4

yāma →

pts

  1. restraint, only as cpd. cātu-yāma 4-fold restraint DN.i.57; DN.iii.48; SN.i.66; MN.i.377; Vism.416. Cp. Dial. i.751.
  2. a watch of the night. There are 3 watches given as *paṭhama, …

yāthāva →

pts

adjective sufficient (lit “just as much”; i.e. such as it is), sufficiently founded logical, consistent, exact, definite, true Cnd.275 (where tatha is explained by taccha, bhūta, yāthāva, aviparīta) D …

yāva →

pts

adverb

  1. (as prep.) up to (a point), as far as, how far so far that (cp. tāva I), both temporal and local, used either with absolute form of noun or adj. (base), or nom., or abl. or *acc …

yāvant →

pts

pronoun, relative

  1. yāvant as adj.: as many (as) Dhp.337 (hāvant’ ettha samāgatā as many as are assembled here); Ja.v.72 (yāvanto uda-bindūni… tāvanto gaṇḍū jāyetha; C. on p. …

ñatti →

pts

announcement, declaration, esp. as t. t. a motion or resolution put at a kammavācā (proceedings at a meeting of the chapter. The usual formula is “esā ñatti; suṇātu me bhante sangho”: Vin.i.340; Vin.i …

ñāṇa →

pts

knowledge, intelligence insight, conviction, recognition, opp. añāṇa avijjā, lack of k. or ignorance.

  1. Ñāṇa in the theory of cognition:
    it occurs in intensive couple-compounds with terms of …

ñū →

pts

…-jña, from jānāti, *gn: cp. P. gū → Sk. ga

ā →

pts

Ā1

indeclinable a frequent prefix, used as well-defined simple base-prefix (with rootderivations), but not as modification (i.e. first part of a double prefix cpd. like sam-ā-dhi) exce …

ābhicetasika →

pts

adjective See abhicetasika. This spelling, with guṇa of the first syllable, is probably more correct; but the short a is the more frequent.

ādesanā →

pts

pointing out, guessing, prophesy; only in phrase -pāṭihāriya trick or marvellous ability of mind-reading or guessing other peoples character Vin.ii.200; DN.i.212, DN.i.213; DN.iii.220; AN.i.170, A …

ādi →

pts

  1. (m.) starting-point, beginning Snp.358 (acc. ādiṃ = kāraṇaṃ Snp-a.351); Dhp.375 (nom. ādi); Mil.10 (ādimhi); Ja.vi.567 (abl. ādito from the beginning). For use as nt. see below 2 b.
  2. (adj & adv …

āgantuka →

pts

adjective noun

  1. coming, arriving, new comer, guest stranger, esp. a newly arrived bhikkhu; a visitor (opp gamika one who goes away) Vin.i.132, Vin.i.167; Vin.ii.170; Vin.iii.65, Vin.iii.181; Vin.iv …

āgu →

pts

guilt, offence, SN.i.123; AN.iii.346; Snp.522 = Cnd.337 (in expln. of nāga as āguṃ na karotī ti nāgo); Mnd.201. Note. A reconstructed āgasa is found at Sdhp.294 in cpd. akatāgasa not ha …

ākucca →

pts

(or ?) an iguana Ja.vi.538 (C. godhā; gloss amatt’ākuccā).

etym. unknown, prob. non-Aryan

ākula →

pts

adjective entangled, confused, upset, twisted, bewildered Ja.i.123 (salākaggaṃ ˚ṃ karoti to upset or disturb); Vv.84#9 (andha˚); Pv-a.287 (an˚ clear). Often reduplicated as ākulākula thoroughly con …

ākulaka →

pts

adjective entangled DN.ii.55 (tant˚ for the usual tantākula, as given under guḷā).

fr. ākula

āloka →

pts

seeing, sight (obj. & subj.), i.e.

  1. sight, view, look SN.iv.128 = Snp.763; AN.iii.236 (āloke nikkhitta laid before one’s eye). anāloka without sight, blind Mil.296 (andha +).
  2. light AN.i.164 ( …

ālumpakāra →

pts

breaking off, falling off (?) or forming into bits(?) Dhp-a.ii.55 (˚gūtha).

reading not sure, to ālumpati or ālopa

ānisaṃsa →

pts

praise i.e. that which is commendable, profit, merit, advantage good result, blessing in or from (c. loc.). There are five ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-sampadāya or blessings which accrue to the virtuous …

ānubhāva →

pts

greatness, magnificence majesty, splendour Ja.i.69 (mahanto); Ja.ii.102 (of a jewel), Ja.v.491; Dhp-a.ii.58.

the dissociated composition form of anubhāva, q.v. for details. Only in later language

ānupubba →

pts

rule, regularity, order Thag.727 (cp. Mhvs.ii.224 ānupubbā).

abstr. fr. anupubba

ānupubbikathā →

pts

regulated exposition, graduated sermon DN.i.110; DN.ii.41 sq. MN.i.379; Ja.i.8; Mil.228; DN-a.i.277, DN-a.i.308; Dhp-a.iv.199.

for anupubbi˚ representing its isolated composition form, cp. ānubhāv …

āpattika →

pts

adjective guilty of an offence MN.i.443; Vin.iv.224. an˚; Vin.i.127.

āpatti + ka, cp. BSk. āpattika Divy.303

āpādaka →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) producing, leading to (-˚) Vv-a.4 (abhiññ˚ catuttha-jjhāna).
  2. (n.) one who takes care of a child, a protector, guardian AN.i.62 = AN.i.132 = Iti.110 (+ posaka)
    ■ f …

āraddha →

pts

adjective begun, started, bent on, undertaking, holding on to, resolved, firm AN.i.148 (āraddhaṃ me viriyaṃ Iti.30; Pv-a.73 (ṭhapetuṃ began to place), Pv-a.212 (gantuṃ). Cp. *[ārādhaka](/define/ārād …

ārakkha →

pts

watch, guard, protection, care DN.ii.59; DN.iii.289; SN.iv.97, SN.iv.175, SN.iv.195; AN.ii.120; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270, AN.iv.281 (˚sampadā), AN.iv.322 (id.), AN.iv.400; AN.v.29 sq.; Ja.i.203 …

ārakkhika →

pts

guard, watchman Ja.iv.29.

fr. ārakkha

ārammaṇa →

pts

primary meaning “foundation”, from this applied in the foll. senses:

  1. support, help, footing, expedient, anything to be depended upon as a means of achieving what is desired, i.e. basis of operatio …

āsabha →

pts

(in compn.) a bull peculiar to a bull, bull-like, fig. a man of strong & eminent qualities, a hero or great man, a leader, thus in tār˚ Snp.687; nar˚ Snp.684, Snp.696; āsabha-camma bull’s …

āsajja →

pts

indeclinable

  1. sitting on, going to, approaching; allocated, belonging to; sometimes merely as prep. acc “near” (cp. āsanna) Snp.418 (āsajja naṃ upāvisi he came up near to him), Snp.448 (kāko va sel …

āvuso →

pts

(voc. pl. m.) friend, a form of polite address “friend, brother Sir”, usually in conversation between bhikkhus. The grammatical construction is with the pl. of the verb, like bhavaṃ and bhavanto
■ V …

āvāra →

pts

warding off, protection, guard Ja.vi.432 (yanta-yutta˚, does it mean “cover, shield”?). For cpd. khandh’āvāra see khandha.

Sk. āvāra, fr. ā + vṛ.

āyasakya →

pts

dishonour, disgrace, bad repute AN.iv.96; Ja.v.17; Vv-a.110; usually in phrase -ṃ pāpuṇāti to fall into disgrace Thag.292; Ja.ii.33 = Ja.ii.271; Ja.iii.514.

Bdhgh on AN.iv.96 explains it as ayasa …

āyata →

pts

  1. (adj.) outstretched, extended, long, in length (with numeral) DN.iii.73 (ñātikkhaya, prolonged or heavy?); MN.i.178 (dīghato ā˚; tiriyañ ca vitthata); Ja.i.77, Ja.i.273 (tettiṃs’-angul’āyato khagg …

āyatana →

pts

  1. stretch, extent, reach, compass, region; sphere, locus, place, spot; position, occasion (corresponding to Bdhgh’s definition at DN-a.i.124 as “samosaraṇa”) DN.iii.241, DN.iii.279 (vimutti˚); SN.ii …

āyoga →

pts

  1. binding, bandage Vin.ii.135; Vv.33#41; Vv-a.142 (˚paṭṭa).
  2. yoke Dhs.1061 (avijj˚), Dhs.1162.
  3. ornament, decoration Mnd.226; Ja.iii.447 (˚vatta, for variant reading ˚vanta?).
  4. occupation, dev …

āyusmant →

pts

adjective having life or vitality Pv-a.63 (āyusmāviññāṇa feeling or sense of vitality; is reading correct?).

Sk. āyuṣmant; see also the regular P. form āyasmant

īti →

pts

Īti & Ītī

feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …

ītī →

pts

Īti & Ītī

feminine ill, calamity, plague, distress, often combb. with & substituted for upaddava cp. BSk. ītay’ opadrava (attack of plague) Divy.119.; Snp.51; Ja.i.27 (verse 189); Ja.v.401 …

ṭhāna →

pts

(ṭṭhāna) neuter

I. Connotation

As one of the 4 iriyāpathā (behaviours)

  1. contrasted (a) as standing position with sitting or reclining (b) as rest with motion.
  2. by itself without parti …